Form FCC Form 601 FCC Form 601 FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau R

FCC 601
Main Form

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798

Information and Instructions

Est. Avg. Burden
Per Response:
1.25 hours

FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization

NOTICE TO INDIVIDUALS REQUIRED BY THE PRIVACY ACT OF 1974 AND
THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT OF 1995
We have estimated that each response to this collection of information will take on average 1.25 hours. Our estimate includes the time
to read the instructions, look through existing records, gather and maintain required data, and actually complete and review the form or
response. If you have any comments on this estimate, or on how we can improve the collection and reduce the burden it causes you,
please write the Federal Communications Commission, AMD-PERM, Washington, DC 20554, Paperwork Reduction Project (30600798). We will also accept your comments via the Internet if you send them to [email protected]. Please do not send completed
application forms to this address.
You are not required to respond to a collection of information sponsored by the Federal government, and the government may not
conduct or sponsor this collection unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number with this notice. This collection has been
assigned OMB control number 3060-0798.
The FCC is authorized under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, to collect the personal information we request in this form.
We will use the information you provide to determine whether approving this application is in the public interest. If we believe there may
be a violation or potential violation of a statute, FCC regulation, rule or order, your application may be referred to the Federal, state, or
local agency responsible for investigating, prosecuting, enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation or order. In certain
cases, the information in your application may be disclosed to the Department of Justice or a court or adjudicative body when (a) the
FCC; or (b) any employee of the FCC; or (c) the United States Government, is a party to a proceeding before the body or has an
interest in the proceeding.
All parties and entities doing business with the Commission must obtain a unique identifying number called the FCC Registration
Number (FRN) and supply it when doing business with the Commission. Failure to provide the FRN may delay the processing of the
application. This requirement is to facilitate compliance with the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (DCIA). The FRN can be
obtained electronically through the FCC webpage at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) Commission
Registration System (CORES)) or by manually submitting FCC Form 160. FCC Form 160 is available from the FCC’s web site at
http://www.fcc.gov/formpage.html, by calling the FCC’s Forms Distribution Center 800-418-FORM (3676), or from Federal
Communications Commission Fax Information System by dialing (202) 418-0177.
This notice is required by the Privacy Act of 1974, Public Law 93-579, December 31, 1974, 5 U.S.C. Section 552a(e)(3) and the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, October 1, 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507.

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Overview
Purpose of Form
Form FCC 601 is a multi-purpose form. It is used to apply for
an authorization to operate radio stations, amend pending
applications, modify existing licenses, and perform a variety of
other
miscellaneous
transactions
in
the
Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau (WTB) radio services radio
services. The WTB radio services that use this form include
Public Mobile Services, Personal Communications Services,
General Wireless Communications Services, Private Land
Mobile Radio Services, Broadcast Auxiliary Services,
Broadband Radio Services, Educational Radio Services, Fixed
Microwave Services, Maritime Services (excluding ships), and
Aviation Services (excluding aircraft).
The purpose of this form is to collect data pertaining to the
proposed request. This data is used by the FCC to determine
whether the public interest would be served by a grant of the
request.
Introduction
Form FCC 601 is a multi-part form comprising a main form and
several optional schedules. Each application, amendment,
modification, or other request must contain only one Main
Form (pages 1 through 4) but may contain as few or as many
of the optional schedules as necessary.
Main Form
The purpose of the Main Form is to obtain information
sufficient to identify the filer, establish the filer’s basic eligibility
and qualifications, classify the filing, and determine the nature
of the proposed service. The Main Form also contains the
required certifications and signature block. The Main Form is
required for every application filed on Form FCC 601, including
Modification and Amendment. (Note: The FCC Registration
Number must be completed on the Main Form for all
purposes.)
Schedules
The purposes of the optional schedules are as follows:
Schedule A
The Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call Signs or File
Numbers is used to submit global changes to items on the
FCC 601 Main Form that affect either multiple call signs or
multiple file numbers.
Schedule B
The Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services is used to
apply for the required license authorization when the Applicant
has been determined to be the winning bidder at the close of
an FCC auction.

Schedule C
[Reserved for future use]
Schedule D
The Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures is
used to supply technical information for all transmit station
locations (including Fixed, Mobile, Temporary Fixed, and 6.1
Meter Control Stations), and antenna structures for all services
except Microwave. It is also used by auction winners that must
file technical data for international coordination or for an
environmental assessment. File as many schedules as
necessary to describe station locations and antenna structures.
This schedule is used in conjunction with Technical Data
Schedules E, F, G, H, and J.
Schedule E
The Schedule for Broadband Radio Service and Educational
Broadband Service (Part 27) is used by Licensees to add sitespecific technical data for international coordination,
environmental assessment requirements or quiet zone
requirements of a particular site. This schedule is used in
conjunction with Location Schedule D.
Schedule F
The Technical Data Schedule for the Cellular and Air-ground
(Commercial Aviation) Radiotelephone Services (Part 22) is
used for site-specific applications and amendments in the
cellular and air-ground radiotelephone services. It is also used
by auction winners that must file site-specific technical data for
international coordination of a particular site. Schedule F is
used to provide technical parameters of the facilities. This
schedule is used in conjunction with Location Schedule D.
Schedule G
The Technical Data Schedule for the Maritime and Aviation
Services (Parts 80 and 87) is used for site-specific applications
and amendments in the maritime and aviation services. It is
also used by auction winners that must file site-specific
technical data for international coordination of a particular site.
Schedule G is used to provide technical parameters of the
facilities. This schedule is used in conjunction with Location
Schedule D.
Schedule H
The Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and
Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services (Parts 90 and
74) is used for site-specific applications and amendments in
the private land and broadcast auxiliary radio services. It is
also used by auction winners that must file site-specific
technical data for international coordination of a particular site.
Schedule H is used to provide technical parameters of the
facilities. This schedule is used in conjunction with Location
Schedule D.

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Schedule I
The Technical Data Schedule for the Fixed Microwave and
Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services (Parts 101 and 74) is
used for site-specific applications and amendments in the
Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services.
It is also used by auction winners that must file site-specific
technical data for international coordination or for an
environmental assessment of a particular site. Schedule I is
used to provide microwave specific administrative data as well
as all technical parameters of the facilities.

Schedule K
The Schedule for Required Notifications for Wireless Services
is used to notify the FCC that, within the required time period,
coverage or construction requirements have been satisfied, or
compliance with yearly station construction commitments for
Licensees with approved extended implementation plans has
been met. It is also used in the paging radiotelephone services
to notify the FCC of a request for regular authorization for
facilities previously operating under developmental authority.

Schedule J
The Technical Data Schedule for the Paging, Rural, Airground, (General Aviation), and Offshore Radiotelephone
Services (Part 22) is used for site-specific applications and
amendments in the paging, rural, air-ground, and offshore
radiotelephone services. It is also used by auction winners
that must file site-specific technical data for international
coordination of a particular site. Schedule J is used to provide
technical parameters of the facilities. This schedule is used in
conjunction with Location Schedule D.

Schedule L
The Schedule for Waiver Requests for Extension of Time for
Wireless Services is used to request a waiver of FCC rules for
additional time to either satisfy coverage or construction
requirements.
Schedule M
The Schedule for Registration is used to register a link in radio
service MM – Millimeter Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz,
transmitter location for radio service IQ – Intelligent
Transportation Service (ITS), or radio service NN - 3650 –
3700 MHz Service.

Schedules Required
If you are applying for initial authorization in a market-based service, you must file Schedule B in conjunction with your Main Form
application.
If you are applying for a site-specific authorization in a market-based service to fulfill environmental assessment requirements, file along
with your Main Form Application, Schedule I for Microwave Radio Services or Schedule D for all other radio services.
If you are applying for a site-specific authorization in a market-based service to fulfill international coordination requirements, file along
with your Main Form Application, Schedule I for Microwave Radio Services or Schedule D and the appropriate technical data schedule
for all other radio services.
If you are applying for authorization in a site licensed service, which requires you to report technical data, file along with your Main Form
the technical data schedule appropriate to the service for which you are applying:
Service

ULS Form/Schedule Title

All Geographically Licensed Services
(Initial Application)

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule B - Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services

Geographically Licensed Service
(Part 27 – Lower MHz (698-746 MHz Band)
(WZ Radio Service)

FCC 601 Main Form – WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule D – Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures

Geographically Licensed Service
(site-specific environmental assessment)

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule I (Microwave Radio Services)
Schedule D (all other Radio Services) - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures

Geographically Licensed Service
(site-specific international coordination)

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule I (Microwave Radio Services)
Schedule D and appropriate technical data schedule as described below (all other Radio Services)

Cellular and Commercial Air-ground Services FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
(Part 22)
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Schedule F - Technical Data Schedule for the Cellular and Air-ground (Commercial Aviation)
Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)
Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service
(Part 27)

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule B – Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services
Schedule D – Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Schedule E – Technical Data Schedule for Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
(Part 27)

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Service

ULS Form/Schedule Title

Land Mobile - Part 22 Site-Specific Services FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
or Part 90 Exclusive channels in the 929-930 Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
MHz Band (GS Radio Service)
Schedule H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile
Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74)
Schedule J - Technical Data Schedule for Paging, Rural, Air-ground (General Aviation), and Offshore
Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)
Land Mobile - Part 90 Site-Specific Services FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Schedule H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile
Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74)
Microwave - Part 101 Site-Specific Services FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule I - Technical Data Schedule for the Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary
Services (Parts 101 and 74)
Maritime Coast/Aviation Ground Services
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
(Parts 80 and 87)
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Schedule G - Technical Data Schedule for the Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87)
Broadcast Auxiliary - Land Mobile
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
(Part 74)
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Schedule H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile
Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74)
Broadcast Auxiliary - Microwave
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
(Part 74)
Schedule I - Technical Data Schedule for the Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Radio
Services (Parts 101 and 74)
218-219 MHz Services (Part 95)
(Individual CTS Reporting)

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures

Millimeter Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz
(Part 101)
Intelligent Transportation Service (ITS)
(Part 90)
3650 – 3700 MHz Service (NN)
(Part 90)
Notification of:
Completion of Coverage Requirements
Completion of Construction Requirements
Compliance with yearly station construction
commitments for Licensees with approved
extended implementation plans
Developmental Paging Authorization to a
Regular Authorization
Waiver Request for Extension of Time for:
Completion of Coverage Requirements
Completion of Construction Requirements

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule M – Schedule for Registration
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule M – Schedule for Registration
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule M – Schedule for Registration
FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule K - Schedule for Required Notifications for Wireless Services

FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization
Schedule L - Waiver Request for Extension of Time for Wireless Services

General Filing Instructions
Information Current and Complete
Information filed with the FCC must be kept current and complete. The Applicant must notify the FCC regarding any substantial and
significant changes in the information furnished in the application(s). See Section 1.65 of the Commission’s Rules.
Applicable Rules and Regulations
Applicants should obtain the relevant parts of the FCC’s rules in 47 CFR. Copies of 47 CFR may be purchased from the Superintendent
of Documents; Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402; (202) 512-1800. Refer also to the Government Printing Office’s
website at http://www.access.gpo.gov. Some FCC rules require the Applicant to attach one or more exhibits to an application in addition
to the information requested in the application form.
Upon grant of this license application, the Licensee may be subject to certain construction or coverage requirements. Failure to meet the
construction or coverage requirements may result in termination of the license. Consult appropriate FCC regulations to determine the
construction or coverage requirements that apply to the type of license requested in this application.
Processing Fee and Filing Locations
A processing fee may be required with this form. To determine the required fee amount, refer to Subpart G of Part 1 of the Code of
Federal Regulations (47 CFR Part 1, Subpart G) and the current Fee Filing Guide. For assistance with fees applicable to the radio
services governed by the FCC’s rules, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824). The Fee Filing Guide can be downloaded from WTB’s
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

web page http://wireless.fcc.gov/feesforms/, or obtained by calling the FCC's Forms Distribution Center at (800) 418-FORM (3676) or the
Federal Communications Commission Fax Information System by dialing (202) 418-0177.
Paper applications for purposes other than renewal (only) and requiring a fee must be submitted to Federal Communications
Commission, Wireless Bureau Applications, P. O. Box 358130, Pittsburgh, PA, 15251-5130.
Paper applications for purpose of renewal (only) and requiring a fee must be submitted to Federal Communications Commission,
Wireless Bureau Applications, P. O. Box 358245, Pittsburgh, PA, 15251-5245.
Non-feeable paper applications should be mailed to Federal Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA
17325-7245. Hand-deliveries and messenger-deliveries should be delivered to Federal Communications Commission, 1280 Fairfield
Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325. (If this application is filed as a result of an auction, please specify the Auction Number as indicated in your
bidder's package or Public Notice.)
Packages
If filing manually, the Main Form and the applicable schedules should be submitted as one package, stapled in the upper left corner.
The Main Form should be first with the schedules attached in alphabetical order. Applicants filing electronically should not submit paper
copies.
Paper Copies
The number of paper copies of this application required to be filed is one original. Applicants filing electronically should not submit paper
copies.
Exhibits
Each document required to be filed as an exhibit should be current as of the date of filing. Each page of every exhibit must be identified
with the number or letter of the exhibit, the number of the page of the exhibit, and the total number of pages of the exhibit. If material is
to be incorporated by reference, see the instruction on incorporation by reference. If interference studies are required by rule, attach
these as an exhibit.
Incorporation by Reference
You may incorporate by reference documents, exhibits, or other lengthy showings already on file with the FCC only if the information
previously filed is more than one 8½” by 11” page in length, and all information therein is current and accurate in all significant respects;
the reference states specifically where the previously filed information can be found (i.e., station call sign and application file number, title
of proceeding, docket number and legal citations), including exhibit and page references. Use the relevant item number followed by ‘A’.
Items that call for numbers, or which can be answered ‘Y’ or ‘N’ or other short answers must be answered directly without reference to a
previous filing.
Waiver Requests
Requests for waiver must contain as an exhibit a statement of reasons sufficient to justify a waiver. The required showing must be made
for all rule waivers desired, identifying the specific rules or policies for which the waiver is requested. Refer to the Fee Filing Guide for
fee requirements for waivers. For assistance with fees applicable to the radio services governed by the FCC’s rules, call (877) 480-3201
(TTY 717-338-2824), or visit http://esupport.fcc.gov.
Frequency Coordination
Applications for certain station authorizations in Parts 80, 87, and 90 may be required to be initially submitted to a certified frequency
coordinator for the radio service or frequency pool involved. Refer to the rules for your radio service for detailed information regarding
frequency coordination. For frequency coordination fee information, contact the frequency coordinators for your radio service.
After the completion of frequency coordination, some radio services require the frequency coordinator to forward these applications to
the FCC. Check with your frequency coordinator for applicability. All other applications shall be filed by the Applicant at the correct
address listed on the most current Fee Filing Guide. Applications should be filed at least sixty (60) days prior to the date upon which the
radio facilities are required to be in operation.
For information regarding certified coordinators for your radio service, contact the Federal Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield
Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325-7245, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or visit http://esupport.fcc.gov.
English to Metric Conversions
All heights and distances must be provided as metric values. The following English to Metric equivalents should be used to convert
heights and distances, where necessary:
1 foot
1 mile
1 nautical mile

=
=
=

0.3048 meters
1.6093 kilometers
1.85 kilometers
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

For Assistance
For assistance with this application, contact the Federal Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA
17325-7245, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or visit http://esupport.fcc.gov.
Electronic Filers
Information about online filing of Form 601 is available from the Wireless Telecommunications website at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/.
Applicants filing electronically should follow procedures contained in online help files. For technical assistance with filing electronically,
contact the FCC Support Center at (877) 480-3201.
In instances where the Applicant files electronically and needs to include an exhibit(s) with the application and cannot transmit that
exhibit(s) to the FCC electronically, the Applicant may mail exhibits to the following address:
Federal Communications Commission
Application Exhibit
1270 Fairfield Road
Gettysburg, PA 17325-7245
Hand-deliveries and messenger-deliveries should be delivered to Federal Communications Commission, 1280 Fairfield Road,
Gettysburg, PA 17325.
Each exhibit should be clearly labeled with the Applicant’s name, the 10-digit file number assigned to the application at the time of
submission, and the type of exhibit (e.g., waiver request).

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 6

Instructions for FCC 601 Main Form
Radio Service Code
Item 1 Enter the Radio Service Code for which the Applicant is applying by inserting the appropriate code from the list below:
Item 1a In some Services, you may modify your license to change Radio Service Codes (e.g., Microwave Licensees may modify a
Private Point-to-Point license to a Common Carrier Point-to-Point license: Radio Service Code ‘MG’ to Radio Service Code ‘CF’). If you
are applying for such a modification to your license enter the Radio Service Code of your current license in Item 1a. The Radio Service
Code for which you are applying should be entered in Item 1.
Geographically Licensed Services
24 GHz, Market Area ....................................................................................................................................................... TZ
39 GHz, Market Area ....................................................................................................................................................... TN
218-219 MHz Service ..................................................................................................................................................... ZV
220 MHz, Market Area .................................................................................................................................................... QA
700 MHz Guard Band ...................................................................................................................................................... WX
700 MHz Upper Band ...................................................................................................................................................... WY
700 MHz Lower Band ..................................................................................................................................................... WZ
800 MHz Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service ................................................................................................................ CJ
1390-1392 MHz Band, Market Area ............................................................................................................................... BA
1392-1395 and 1432-1435 MHz Bands, Market Area ..................................................................................................... BB
1670-1675 MHz Band, Market Area ................................................................................................................................ BC
2385-2390 MHz Band, Market Area ................................................................................................................................ BD
3650-3700 MHz Service ................................................................................................................................................. NN
Advanced Wireless Services (AWS) (1710-1755 MHz and 2110-2155 MHz bands) ....................................................... AW
Broadband Radio Service ................................................................................................................................................ BR
Cellular Radiotelephone................................................................................................................................................... CL
Educational Broadband Service....................................................................................................................................... ED
Intelligent Transportation Service (Public Safety) ............................................................................................................ IQ
Intelligent Transportation Service (Non-Public Safety)..................................................................................................... QQ
Local Multipoint Distribution Service (LMDS) ................................................................................................................... LD
Location and Monitoring Service, Multilateration (LMS)................................................................................................... LS
Millimeter Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz ........................................................................................................................... MM
Multichannel Video Distribution and Data Service (MVDDS) ........................................................................................... DV
Multiple Address System ................................................................................................................................................. MS
Paging and Radiotelephone, Market Area
Part 22, 931 MHz Paging................................................................................................................................... CZ
Part 22, VHF/UHF Paging (Excluding 931 MHz) ............................................................................................... CP
Part 90, 929-930 MHz Exclusive ....................................................................................................................... GC
Personal Communications Service (PCS)
1910-1915/1990-1995 MHz Bands, Market Area .............................................................................................. CY
Broadband ......................................................................................................................................................... CW
Narrowband ....................................................................................................................................................... CN
Public Safety 4940-4990 MHz Band ............................................................................................................................... PA
Public Safety 700 MHz Band – State License ................................................................................................................. SL
Public Coast, Market Area .............................................................................................................................................. PC
SMR, 806-821/851-866 MHz, Auctioned -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168" ............... YH
SMR, 806-821/851-866 MHz, Market Area...................................................................................................................... YC
SMR, 896-901/935-940 MHz, Market Area...................................................................................................................... YD
Wireless Communications Service (WCS) ....................................................................................................................... WS
Site-Specific Land Mobile
Part 22 - Site-Specific
Air-ground
Commercial (800 MHz)......................................................................................................................................
General (454 MHz) ............................................................................................................................................
Offshore Radiotelephone .................................................................................................................................................
Paging and Radiotelephone, Site-Specific.......................................................................................................................
Rural Radiotelephone ......................................................................................................................................................
BETRS.............................................................................................................................................................................

CA
CG
CO
CD
CR
CB

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 7

Part 90 - Below 800 MHz
Industrial/Business Pool - Commercial, Conventional ..................................................................................................... IK
Industrial/Business Pool - Commercial, Trunked ............................................................................................................. YK
Industrial/Business Pool - Private, Conventional ............................................................................................................. IG
Industrial/Business Pool - Private, Trunked ..................................................................................................................... YG
Land Mobile Radiolocation .............................................................................................................................................. RS
Public Safety 700 MHz – General Use Radio Service ..................................................................................................... SG
Public Safety 700 MHz Radio Service – Private, Trunked ............................................................................................... SY
Public Safety Pool, Conventional .................................................................................................................................... PW
Public Safety Pool, Trunked ............................................................................................................................................ YW
220 MHz, Phase I Nationwide Commercial 5-Channel .................................................................................................... NC
220 MHz, Site-Specific
Non-Nationwide Data ........................................................................................................................................ QD
Non-Nationwide Other ....................................................................................................................................... QO
Non-Nationwide Public Safety/Mutual Aid ......................................................................................................... QM
Non-Nationwide, 5-Channel Trunked ................................................................................................................ QT
Part 90 - Above 800 MHz
Business
806-821/851-866 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GB
896-901/935-940 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GU
806-821/851-866 MHz, Trunked ....................................................................................................................... YB
896-901/935-940 MHz, Trunked........................................................................................................................ YU
Industrial/Land Transportation
806-821/851-866 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GO
896-901/935-940 MHz, Conventional ............................................................................................................... GI
806-821/851-866 MHz, Trunked........................................................................................................................ YO
896-901/935-940 MHz, Trunked........................................................................................................................ YI
Business/Industrial/Land Transportation
809-824/854-869 MHz, Conventional -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168" ...... GJ
809-824/854-869 MHz, Trunked -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168".............. YJ
Land Mobile Radiolocation............................................................................................................................................... RS
Location and Monitoring Service (LMS)
902-928 MHz Location Wideband (Grandfathered AVM) .................................................................................. LW
902-928 MHz Location Narrowband (Non-Multilateration)................................................................................. LN
Paging
929-930 MHz, Site-Specific Channels ............................................................................................................... GS
Public Safety/Special Emergency
806-821/851-866 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GP
806-821/851-866 MHz, Trunked ....................................................................................................................... YP
Public Safety, National Plan
821-824/866-869 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GF
821-824/866-869 MHz, Trunked........................................................................................................................ YF
Public Safety/Special Emergency and Public Safety, National Plan
806-817/851-862 MHz, Conventional -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168" ...... GE
806-817/851-862 MHz, Trunked -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168".............. YE
SMR, Site-Specific
806-821/851-866 MHz, Conventional -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168" ..... GM
806-821/851-866 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GX
896-901/935-940 MHz, Conventional -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168" ...... GL
896-901/935-940 MHz, Conventional ................................................................................................................ GR
806-821/851-866 MHz, Trunked -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168".............. YM
806-821/851-866 MHz, Trunked........................................................................................................................ YX
896-901/935-940 MHz, Trunked -"Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04-168".............. YL
896-901/935-940 MHz, Trunked ....................................................................................................................... YS
Site-Specific Microwave
Digital Electronic Message Service
Common Carrier ................................................................................................................................................ CE
Private ............................................................................................................................................................... PE
Local Television Transmission ......................................................................................................................................... CT
Point-to-Point Microwave, Common Carrier..................................................................................................................... CF
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 8

Point-to-Point Microwave, Private
Eligibility -- Aviation ........................................................................................................................................... WA
Eligibility -- Industrial/Business .......................................................................................................................... MG
Eligibility -- Marine ............................................................................................................................................. WM
Eligibility -- Public Safety ................................................................................................................................... MW
Eligibility -- Radiolocation................................................................................................................................... WR
Maritime Coast/Aviation Ground
Maritime
Alaska Group..................................................................................................................................................... MK
Coastal Group ................................................................................................................................................... MC
Marine Auxiliary ................................................................................................................................................. MA
Marine Radiolocation Land ............................................................................................................................... MR
Aviation
Aeronautical and Fixed ...................................................................................................................................... AF
Aviation Auxiliary Group .................................................................................................................................... AA
Aviation Radionavigation ................................................................................................................................... AR
Broadcast Auxiliary
Land Mobile
Broadcast Auxiliary -- Low Power...................................................................................................................... LP
Broadcast Auxiliary – Wireless Assist Video Devices (WAVD) ......................................................................... LV
Broadcast Auxiliary -- Remote Pickup .............................................................................................................. RP
Microwave
Aural Intercity Relay .......................................................................................................................................... AI
Aural Microwave Booster................................................................................................................................... AB
Aural Studio Transmitter Link ............................................................................................................................ AS
TV Intercity Relay .............................................................................................................................................. TI
TV Microwave Booster....................................................................................................................................... TB
TV Pickup .......................................................................................................................................................... TP
TV Studio Transmitter Link ................................................................................................................................ TS
TV Translator Relay........................................................................................................................................... TT

General Information
Item 2 Indicate the purpose for which the application is being filed by inserting the appropriate two-letter abbreviation from the following
list. Only one purpose may be specified.
NE - New: To request a new license. This purpose should only be used for initial applications.
MD - Modification: To request a change in the conditions of any data (administrative and technical OR technical) for a license
during the term of that license. This purpose is also used to apply for a site-specific authorization in a market-based service to
fulfil environmental assessment requirements or international coordination requirements. Use Item 5 to provide the call sign of
the affected station. All appropriate schedules must be completed and attached, and must accurately describe the data that
has been modified. See applicable Commission Rules.
Note:

After a license is modified, the FCC will issue a new license and previous versions of the license will no longer be
valid, regardless of the expiration date shown. License terms will not be extended as a result of an application for
modification.

Additional Note: To consolidate multiple call signs into a single call sign, list existing call signs to be deleted on Schedule A,
Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call Signs or File Numbers. The call sign to be retained should be listed in
Item 5 of the FCC 601 Main Form. If no call sign is provided in Item 5, a new one will be assigned, and you must
complete the FCC 601 Main Form to provide administrative information about the new call sign. For stations in the
Paging and Radiotelephone Service (CD), consolidation will result in all Locations, Antennas, and Frequencies being
consolidated under a single call sign without modification (i.e., Applicants should not submit Schedules D and F). For
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 9

stations in the Part 90 radio services, Applicants must include Schedules D and H describing the technical parameters
of at least one, and no more than six locations to be authorized under the resulting call sign.
RM - Renewal/Modification: To renew an existing authorization, Special Temporary Authorization (STA), or developmental
authorization and request a change in the conditions of that authorization. Use Item 5 to provide the call sign of the affected
station. All appropriate schedules must be completed and attached, and must accurately describe the data that has been
modified. (Specified renewal time frame, must be filed no later than expiration date of the authorization and no sooner than 90
days prior to expiration).
RL – Registered Location/Link: Roadside units (RSUs) in the Intelligent Transportation Radio Service (IQ & QQ) and links in
the Millimeter Wave Service (MM) do not need to be individually licensed but do need to be registered. Use Item 5 to provide
the call sign of the affected station. Use FCC Form 601 Schedule M to register RSUs/links in these radio services.
NT - Required Notifications: To notify the FCC that, within the required time period, coverage or construction requirements
have been satisfied or compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended
implementation plans have been met. This schedule can also be used to notify the FCC of a request in the Paging
Radiotelephone Services for regular authorization for facilities previously operating under developmental authority. Also
complete and attach Required Notifications for Wireless Services, Form FCC 601, Schedule K.
EX - Request for Extension of Time: To request additional time to satisfy coverage or construction requirements. Also complete
and attach Request for Extension of Time for Wireless Services, Form FCC 601, Schedule L.
AM - Amendment: To amend a previously-filed, currently pending application(s). Use Item 4 to provide the File Number(s) of
the affected pending application(s). The appropriate schedule must be completed and attached, and must accurately reflect the
amended data. See applicable Commission Rules. If multiple pending applications are affected (Administrative data only), the
Main Form and Schedule A are required.
Simple Application Purpose & Requirements for Paper Submission on FCC 601
RO - Renewal Only: To renew an existing authorization, special temporary authorization or developmental authorization that
has not expired and where no changes in the license conditions are being requested at the time of renewal. Refer to 47 CFR
§1.949 for FCC rules on timely filings (Specified renewal time frame, must be filed no later than expiration date of the
authorization and no sooner than 90 days prior to expiration). (To make any modifications to the administrative or technical
data of the license, use the Renewal/Modification purpose.)
Mandatory items required for submission of ‘RO’ purpose are as follows:
Item 1) Radio Service Code
Item 2) Application Purpose
Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A)
Items 9 & 10) Fee Status
Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN)
Item 52) Aeronautical Advisory Station (Unicom) Certification
(For Aviation Services Only)
Items 53 & 54) Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date
Optional Items: Item 6) Requested Authorization Expiration Date MM/DD
DU - Duplicate License: To request a hardcopy duplicate of an existing license.
Mandatory items required for submission of ‘DU’ purpose are as follows:
Item 1) Radio Service Code
Item 2) Application Purpose
Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A)
Items 9 & 10) Fee Status
Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN)
Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date
AU - (No Fee Required) Administrative Update: To request a change of administrative data on a license.
Mandatory items required for submission of ‘AU’ purpose are as follows:
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 10

Item 2) Application Purpose
Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A)
Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN)
Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date
One or more of the following items may be corrected with this purpose:
Item 16) Licensee Name (without a change in ownership) (also answer Item 15)
Item 17) Entity Name (without a change in ownership, control (also answer item 15)
or corporate structure)
Items 18 through 23) Mailing Address
Item 24) Telephone Number
Item 25) FAX Number
Item 26) E-Mail Address
Items 30 through 40) Contact Information
Control Point Information
NOTE: When updating control point information, only one call sign may be filed per Administrative Update application.
Submit appropriate schedule along with the Main Form for specific radio service.
Main Form & Schedule F - Cellular & Commercial Air-Ground Services
Main Form & Schedule G - Maritime Coast/Aviation Ground Services
Main Form & Schedule H - Private Land Mobile & Land Mobile Broadcast
Auxiliary Radio Services
Main Form & Schedule I - Fixed Microwave & Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary
Services
Main Form & Schedule J - Paging, Rural, Air-Ground (General Aviation) and
Offshore Radiotelephone Services
CA – (No Fee Required) Cancellation of License: To cancel an existing license. This action cancels all facilities operating
under the call sign. To delete specific authorized facilities under a call sign, use the Modification purpose.
Mandatory items required for submission of ‘CA’ purpose are as follows:
Item 2) Application Purpose
Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A)
Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN)
Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date
WD - (No Fee Required) Withdrawal of Application: To withdraw a previously-filed, currently pending application.
Mandatory items required for submission of ‘WD’ purpose are as follows:
Item 2) Application Purpose
Item 4) File Number (if filing for multiple File Numbers, list additional File Numbers on Schedule A)
Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN)
Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date
No fee is required for Governmental Entities. Send non-feeable packages to:
Federal Communications Commission
1270 Fairfield Road
Gettysburg, PA 17325-7245

Item 3a If the application is a request for a Developmental License, Demonstration License or a Special Temporary Authorization (STA),
enter ‘D’, ‘M’ or ‘S’, respectively. Otherwise, enter ‘N’ for Not Applicable.
The FCC may grant applications for Developmental Authority to construct and operate transmitters for the purpose of developing a new
radio service or a new technology not regularly authorized under specific FCC rules, subject to the appropriate requirements governing
Developmental authorizations contained in the FCC rules. Attach an exhibit(s) as required in the FCC rules.
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 11

Demonstration licenses are intended for use by Licensees involved in the sale and/or marketing of radio equipment. Demonstration
licenses may be used for purposes of demonstrating equipment to potential customers at trade shows or at other exhibitions, performing
on site coverage studies for potential customers, or other uses as provided for in Subpart I of Part 2 of the Commission’s Rules.
Demonstration licenses may not be used for the Licensee’s internal communications in its day to day business operations.
In emergencies or other urgent conditions requiring immediate or temporary use of facilities, request may be made for Special
Temporary Authority (STA) to install and/or operate new or modified equipment, subject to the appropriate requirements governing
Special Temporary Authorizations contained in the FCC rules. If item 3a is answered 'S', attach an exhibit including the following
information: description of the nature of the extraordinary circumstance, equipment to be used, type of operation to be conducted, and an
explanation of how the facilities will be used, times and dates of operation.
Note: To file an initial request for an STA, Developmental, or Demonstration License, Applicants should select an application
purpose of NE – “New” in Item 2 and then answer Items 3a and 3b as appropriate. STAs are granted for a maximum of 180
days. If another STA, Developmental, or Demonstration license is needed, Applicants may file by selecting application purpose
RO – “Renewal Only” and supply the appropriate Call Sign in Item 5. The “Renewal Only” purpose is provided for the
convenience of the Applicant (the Applicant will retain the same call sign if the request is granted).
Item 3b This question only applies to applications for Special Temporary Authority (STA). If you are requesting an STA due to an
emergency or other urgent condition, enter ‘Y’ and attach an exhibit describing the nature of the emergency. Otherwise enter ‘N’.
Per Rule §1.915, examples of emergencies are as follows: An emergency found by the Commission to involve danger to life or property
or to be due to damaged equipment; a national emergency proclaimed by the President or declared by the Congress and during the
continuance of any war in which the United States is engaged, when such action is necessary for the national defense or security or
otherwise in furtherance of the war effort; or an emergency where the Commission finds that it would not be feasible to secure renewal
applications from existing Licensees or otherwise to follow normal licensing procedures.
Item 4 If the application is a request for an Amendment or Withdrawal of a previously-filed currently pending application, provide the file
number of the original application. This information can be obtained by contacting the FCC (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) or by
using Search Applications function available at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/. If the amendment or withdrawal affects multiple file numbers,
complete and attach Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call Signs or File Numbers, Form FCC 601, Schedule A.
Item 5 The information requested in this item identifies the existing stations to which the filing is relevant. If the application is a request
for a Modification, Renewal Only, Renewal/Modification, Cancellation, Duplicate, or Administrative Update of an existing license, enter
the call sign of the license. If the request affects multiple call signs, complete and attach Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call
Signs or File Numbers, Form FCC 601, Schedule A.
If the application is a request to register a location/link, enter the FCC call sign assigned to the geographic license.
Item 6 This item is optional. If the application is a request for a New, Amendment, Renewal Only, or a Renewal/Modification, enter the
requested authorization expiration date. Applicants may, if desired, request the month and day of license expiration. However, in no
cases will licenses be granted for terms that exceed the license term as governed by the rules for each service.
Item 7 This question applies only to site-specific (other than Part 101 Microwave) and Cellular authorizations. If the application is a
request for a Modification, Renewal/Modification, or Amendment (of a currently pending New or Modification) of any site-specific
authorization, or a New filing for a site-specific Land Mobile (Part 90) authorization, you must indicate whether the request is a “major”
action as defined in Section 1.929 of the Commission’s Rules when read in conjunction with the applicable radio service rules found in
Parts 22 and 90 of the Commission’s Rules. If the rules for your particular radio service do not define a coverage area, service area, or
interference contour, enter ‘N’. If you are an existing cellular radiotelephone service Licensee seeking to extend, on a secondary basis,
a service area boundary contour into adjacent unserved area of less than fifty (50) square miles but do not request modification of your
existing cellular geographic service area, enter ‘N’, and submit site-specific information using Schedules D and F. See Year 2000
Biennial Regulatory Review – Amendment of Part 22 of the Commission’s Rules to Modify or Eliminate Outdated Rules Affecting the
Cellular Radiotelephone Service and other Commercial Mobile Radio Services, Order on Reconsideration, 19 FCC Rcd 3239, 32563257 ¶ 41 (2004). For your convenience, the full text of Section 1.929 is listed below:
Section 1.929 Classification of filings as major or minor.
Applications and amendments to applications for stations in the wireless radio services are classified as major or minor (See §1.947).
Categories of major and minor filings are listed in §309 of the Communications Act of 1934.
(a) For all stations in all Wireless Radio Services, whether licensed geographically or on a site-specific basis, the following actions
are classified as major:
(1) Application for initial authorization;
(2) Any substantial change in ownership or control, including requests for partitioning and disaggregation;
(3) Application for renewal of authorization;
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 12

(4) Application or amendment requesting authorization for a facility that would have a significant environmental effect, as
defined by §§1.1301 through 1.1319 of the rules;
(5) Application or amendment requiring frequency coordination pursuant to the Commission’s Rules or international treaty or
agreement;
(6) Application or amendment requesting to add a frequency or frequency block for which the Applicant is not currently
authorized, excluding removing a frequency.
(b) In the Cellular Radiotelephone Service:
(1) Request an authorization or an amendment to a pending application that would expand the cellular geographic service area
(COSA) of an existing cellular system or, in the case of an amendment, as previously proposed in an application, except during
the applicable five-year build-out period, if any;
(2) Request that a COSA boundary or portion of a COSA boundary be determined using an alternative method; or,
(3) Request an authorization for facilities that would produce a de minimis service area boundary extension into unserved area
in an adjacent market.
(c) In addition to those changes listed in subparagraph (a) above, the following are major changes applicable to stations licensed to
provide base-to-mobile, mobile-to-base, and mobile-to-mobile on a site-specific basis:
(1) In the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, Rural Radiotelephone Service and 800 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio Service
(SMR), any change that would increase or expand the Applicant’s existing composite interference contour.
(2) In the 900 MHz SMR and 220 MHz Service, any change that would increase or expand the Applicant’s service area as
defined in the rule parts governing the particular radio service.
(3) In the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, Rural Radiotelephone Service, Offshore Radiotelephone Service, and
Specialized Mobile Radio Service:
(i) Request an authorization or an amendment to a pending application that would establish for the filer a new fixed
transmission path;
(ii) Request an authorization or an amendment to a pending application for a fixed station (i.e., control, repeater,
central office, rural subscriber, or inter-office station) that would increase the effective radiated power, antenna height
above average terrain in any azimuth, or relocate an existing transmitter;
(4) In the Private Land Mobile Radio Services (PLMRS):
(i) Change in frequency or modification of channel pairs; except the deletion of one or more frequencies from an
authorization;
(ii) Change in the type of emission;
(iii) Change in effective radiated power from that authorized;
(iv) Change in antenna height from that authorized;
(v) Change in the authorized location or number of base stations, fixed, control, except for deletions of one or more
substation or, for systems operating on non-exclusive assignments in the 470-512 MHz, 800 MHz or 900 MHz bands,
a change in the number of mobile transmitters, or a change in the area of mobile operations from that authorized;
(vi) Change in the class of a land station, including changing from multiple licensed to cooperative use, and from
shared to unshared use.
(d) In addition to those filings listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the following are major actions that apply to stations licensed to
provide fixed point-to-point, point-to-multipoint, or multipoint-to-point, communications on a site-specific basis, or fixed or mobile
communications on an area-specific basis under Part 101 of this chapter:
(1) Any change in transmit antenna location by more than 5 seconds in latitude or longitude for fixed point-to-point facilities
(e.g., a 5 second change in latitude, longitude, or both would be minor); any change in coordinates of the center of
operation or increase in radius of a circular area of operation, or any expansion in any direction in the latitude or longitude
limits of a rectangular area of operation, or any change in any other kind of area operation;
(2) Any increase in frequency tolerance;
(3) Any increase in bandwidth;
(4) Any change in emission type;
(5) Any increase in EIRP greater than 3 dB;
(6) Any increase in transmit antenna height (above mean sea level) more than 3 meters;
(7) Any increase in transmit antenna beamwidth;
(8) Any change in transmit antenna polarization;
(9) Any change in transmit antenna azimuth greater than 1 degree; or,
(10) Any change which together with all minor modifications or amendments since the last major modification or amendment
produces a cumulative effect exceeding any of the above major criteria.
(e) In addition to those filings listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the following are major actions that apply to stations licensed to
provide service in the Air-ground Radiotelephone Service:
(1) Request an authorization to relocate an existing General Aviation Ground station; or,
(2) Request the first authorization for a new Commercial Aviation ground station at a location other than those listed in
§22.859 of this chapter.
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 13

(f) In addition to those changes listed in paragraph (a), the following are major changes that apply to stations licensed in the industrial
radiopositioning stations for which frequencies are assigned on an exclusive basis, Maritime and Aviation services, except Maritime
Public Coast VHF (CMRS), Ship and Aircraft stations:
(1) Any change in antenna azimuth;
(2) Any change in beamwidth;
(3) Any change in antenna location;
(4) Any change in emission type;
(5) Any increase in antenna height;
(6) Any increase in authorized power;
(7) Any increase in emission bandwidth;
(g) In addition to those changes listed in paragraph (a), any change requiring international coordination in the Maritime Public Coast
VHF (CMRS) Service is major.
(h) This section pertains to Ship stations.
(i) This section pertains to Aircraft stations.
(j) This section pertains to Amateur licenses.
(k) Any change not specifically listed above as major is considered minor (see §1.947(b)). This includes but is not limited to:
(1) Any pro forma assignment or transfer of control;
(2) Any name change not involving change in ownership or control of the license;
(3) Any address and/or telephone number changes;
(4) Any changes in contact person;
(5) Pertains to ship station license;
(6) Any change to a site-specific license, except a PLMRS license under Part 90, or a license under Part 101, where the
Licensee’s interference contours are not extended and co-channel separation criteria are met, except those modifications
defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or
(7) Any conversion of multiple site-specific licenses into a single wide-area license, except a PLMRS license under part 90 or a
license under part 101 of this chapter, where there is no change in the Licensee’s composite interference contour or service
area as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Item 8 Enter ‘Y’ if attachments (other than associated schedules) are being filed with this application. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Fees, Waivers, and Exemptions
Items 9 & 10 These items allow the Applicant to apply for exemption from FCC application fees and regulatory fees. See the Fee Filing
Guide or call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824).
Item 11a If the filing is a request for a waiver of the Commission’s Rules, enter ‘Y’ and attach an exhibit that lists the rule section(s) of the
affected rules and explains the circumstances. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Item 11b Waiver requests in certain wireless services are subject to filing fees based on the number of rules for which waiver is sought.
Enter the number of rule sections {Do not enter the Rule Section, only the number of Rule Section(s)}. Consult the Fee Filing Guide for
information on the required fee amounts.
Item 12 Some applications may include technical data which is outside the limits of the existing rules but may have been granted
previously by waiver, covered by a grandfathering provision in the rules, or permissible because the requested facility is functionally
integrated with an existing station. Applicants should check their present authorization or the specific rules governing operation on the
frequency (ies) requested to determine if entering ‘Y’ to this item is appropriate. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Applicant Information
Items 13 through 26 identify the Applicant. If an authorization is granted, the information provided will become the Licensee’s name,
address, and telephone number of record. The FCC will send the authorization and notice of all final dispositions of an application to this
address.
Item 13 Enter your ten digit FRN assigned by the Commission Registration System (CORES). The FRN is a unique entity identifier for
everyone doing business with the Commission.
The FRN can be obtained electronically through the FCC webpage at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) Commission Registration System (CORES)) or by manually
submitting FCC Form 160. FCC Form 160 is available for downloading from http://www.fcc.gov/formpage.html, by calling the FCC's
Forms Distribution Center at (800) 418-3676, or the FCC’s Fax Information System by dialing (202) 418-0177. Note: Licensees should
then associate their WTB call sign(s) electronically at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) Commission
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 14

Registration System (CORES)) or by manually submitting FCC Form 606. FCC Form 606 can also be obtained from any of the
aforementioned locales as FCC Form 160.
Item 14 This item indicates the legal entity type of the Applicant. Select Individual, Corporation, Unincorporated Association, Trust,
Government Entity, Consortium, General Partnership, Limited Liability Company, Limited Liability Partnership, Limited Partnership, or
Other. When selecting ‘Other’, provide a description of the legal entity.
Item 15 Enter ‘Y’ if the new Licensee name change is due to a change in ownership, corporate structure or entity. If you answer Item
15 ‘Y’, you must file FCC Form 603 for an Assignment of Authorization or a Transfer of Control before any modifications can be done to
the license. Otherwise, enter ‘N’ and continue.
Items 16-17 If Item 14 is an ‘Individual’, enter the name of the person applying in Item 16. Otherwise, enter the name of the legal entity
in Item 17.
Items 18-24 Enter the name, address, and telephone number of the person to whom the FCC should send correspondence. You may
enter a post office box number in Item 19 or a street address in Item 20, or enter information for both items. Enter the city, state, and zip
code in Items 21, 22, and 23, respectively. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction,
and area abbreviations. Enter a telephone number, including area code, in Item 24.
Items 25 and 26 Enter the Applicant’s fax number and e-mail address, if desired and available.
Failure to respond to FCC correspondence sent to the address of record may result in dismissal of an application, liability for forfeiture,
or revocation of an authorization.
Demographics (Optional)
Item 27 The information is optional and is requested for informational purposes only. Responses to this item will in no way affect
processing of applications.
Real Party in Interest
Item 28 Applicants must identify a real party (parties) in interest if different from the Applicant. If the Applicant is also the real party in
interest, leave this item blank. If a party other than the Applicant is the real party in interest (e.g., a parent or other controlling entity),
enter that party's name in this item. If there is more than one real party in interest, attach an exhibit detailing all parties in interest.
The Real Party in Interest is defined as a person who “has an ownership interest, or will be in a position to actually or potentially control
the operation of the station.” Astroline Communications Company Limited Partner v. FCC, 857 F.2d 1556, 1564 (D.C. Cir. 1988); see
also In Re Applications of Georgia Public Telecommunications Commission, et al., MM Docket No. 89-337, 7 FCC Rcd 7996 (rel. Dec. 9,
1992); In Re Applications of Madalina Broadcasting, et al., MM Docket No. 91-100, 8 FCC Rcd 6344 (rel. September 3, 1993).
Item 29 Enter your ten digit FRN assigned by the Commission Registration System (CORES) for the Real Party in Interest. The FRN is
a unique entity identifier for everyone doing business with the Commission. The FRN can be obtained electronically through the FCC
webpage at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) Commission Registration System (CORES)) or by
manually submitting FCC Form 160. FCC Form 160 is available for downloading from http://www.fcc.gov/formpage.html, by calling the
FCC's Forms Distribution Center at (800) 418-3676, or the FCC’s Fax Information System by dialing (202) 418-0177.
Contact Information
Items 30-40 These items identify the contact representative, if different from the Applicant. This is usually the headquarters offices of a
large company, the law firm or other representative of the Applicant, or the person or company that prepared or submitted the application
on behalf of the Applicant. If there is a question about the application, an FCC representative will communicate with the Applicant’s
contact representative.
If the contact representative is the same as the Applicant, check the box and do not complete the remaining items in this section. If the
contact representative is not the same as the Applicant, then you must provide the information and complete this section as follows:
•
Either the Individual Name or the Company Name is required.
•
If Individual Name is completed, then Company Name and Attention To are not required.
•
If Company Name is completed, then either an Individual Name or the Attention to is required.
•
Either a PO Box or a Street Address is required. Both may be provided.
•
City, State and Zip Code are required.
•
Telephone Number is required (including area code).
•
FAX Number and E-Mail Address are optional.
If this section is used, a name (Item 30), company name (Item 31), address (Items 33-37), and telephone number (Item 38) are required
at a minimum. If the address items are completed, you may enter a post office box number in Item 33 or a street address in Item 34, or
enter information for both items. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area
abbreviations. Enter the contact’s fax number (Item 39) and e-mail address (Item 40) if available and desired.
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 15

Regulatory Status
Item 41 This item identifies the type(s) of radio service offerings being provided and must be completed. Enter all types of radio service
offerings that apply. Enter ‘C’ for Common Carrier, ‘N’ for Non-Common Carrier, ‘P’ for Private, internal communications or ‘B’ for
Broadcast Services, and ‘BM’ for Band Manager. Use the Modification (MD) purpose in Item 2 to change or add radio service offerings.
NOTE: For Broadcast Auxiliary radio services, select ‘P’ for Private, internal communications. Do not select Broadcast Services.

All entities that are telecommunications carriers should select common carrier on this form. The term ‘telecommunications carrier’
means any provider of telecommunications services, except that such term does not include aggregators of telecommunications services
(the term ‘aggregator’ means any person that, in the ordinary course of its operations, makes telephones available to the public or to
transient users of its premises, for interstate telephone calls using a provider of operator services). A telecommunications carrier shall
be treated as a common carrier under the Communications Act and the Commission's Rules (i.e., as an entity which holds itself out for
hire indiscriminately, in interstate or foreign communications by wire or radio, or in interstate or foreign radio transmission of energy, for
the purpose of carrying transmissions provided by the customer), only to the extent that it is engaged in providing telecommunications
services.
The term ‘telecommunications service’ means the offering of telecommunications (i.e., the transmission, between or among points
specified by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form or content of the information as sent and
received) for a fee directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively available directly to the public, regardless of the
facilities used.
Non-common carriers do not hold themselves out indiscriminately for hire as carriers of communications provided by the customer. A
person engaged in radio broadcasting shall not, insofar as such person is so engaged, be deemed a common carrier. Thus, those
entities meeting this definition would select non-common carrier for this item.
Private internal users are those entities that utilize telecommunications services purely for internal business purposes or public safety
communications and not on a for hire or for profit basis. Such entities should select ‘Private’ for this item. Broadcast Auxiliary should
be included in this category and should select ‘Private’.
The term ‘Broadcast Services’ shall have the same meaning as that for “broadcasting” in §3(6) of the Communications Act of 1934, i.e.,
the dissemination of radio communications intended to be received by the public, directly or by the intermediary of relay stations.” 47
U.S.C. 153(6). Entities meeting this definition should select ‘Broadcast Services’ for this item. Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants should not
select this type of radio service offering.
The term ‘Band Manager’ is defined for the 746-747 MHz, 762-764 MHz, 776-777 MHz, and 792-794 MHz Guard Bands as a
commercial Licensee that functions solely as a spectrum broker by subdividing its licensed spectrum and making it available to system
operators or directly to end users for fixed or mobile communications consistent with the Commission Rules. A Band Manager in the 700
MHz Guard Bands (i.e., a “Guard Band Manager”) is directly responsible for any interference or misuse of its licensed frequencies
arising from its use by such non-licensed entities. Entities meeting this definition should select ‘Band Manager’ for this item.
Type of Radio Service
Item 42 This item identifies all types of radio services for the Applicant. Enter ‘F’ for Fixed, ‘M’ for Mobile, ‘R’ for Radiolocation, ‘S’ for
Satellite, and ‘B’ for Broadcast Services. Enter all types of radio services, as applicable. Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants should select
Fixed or Mobile, not Broadcast Services. Note: Broadcast Services is for the direct dissemination to the public.
Item 43 Indicate whether the Applicant plans to provide interconnected service to the public switched telephone network as defined in
the FCC rules. Enter ‘Y’ if yes. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Alien Ownership Questions
These items enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant is eligible under §310(a) and (b) of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, to hold a station license. Applicants are required to answer these questions only if 1) they are filing FCC Form 601 for one of
the following purposes indicated in Item 2: New, Amendment, Modification, or Renewal/Modification; and 2) the answers have changed
from those previously provided. If the answer is 'Y', attach exhibit explaining circumstances. Applicants using FCC Form 601 for any
other purpose are not required to answer these questions. Any applicant that answers ‘Y’ to Items 96-99a must provide an attachment
explaining the circumstances. The FCC will otherwise dismiss the Application without further consideration.
Item 44 All Applicants filing FCC Form 601 for one of the purposes indicated above must answer Item 44. The FCC cannot grant an
authorization to a foreign government or the representative of a foreign government. Therefore, if the true and correct answer to Item 44
is ‘Y’ the Applicant is not eligible to hold a license and the FCC will dismiss the application, if filed, without further consideration.
Items 45-47 The FCC cannot grant an authorization to provide common carrier, broadcast, or aeronautical fixed service to any Applicant
for which the true and correct answer to any of Items 45 - 47 is ‘Y’ Any Applicant that answers ‘Y’ to any of items 45 - 47 must provide an
attachment explaining why the requested license(s) is exempt from the prohibitions contained in Section 310(b)(1)-(3) of the
Communications Act of 1934. The FCC will otherwise dismiss the application without further consideration.
FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 16

Item 48a Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant is directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital
stock is owned or record or voted by aliens, their representative, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any
corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. Any applicant that answers ‘Y’ to Item 48a must provide
an attachment explaining the circumstances. The FCC will otherwise dismiss the application without further consideration. In the
attachment, the Applicant must demonstrate that the requested license(s) is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b)(4. If the
Applicant cannot demonstrate that the requested license(s) is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b)(4), it must include in its
Section 310(b)(4) showing a description of the Licensee’s indirect foreign ownership, along with information regarding any approvals of
the foreign ownership obtained from the Commission. In general, the Commission has indicated that there is a strong presumption that
indirect foreign ownership of common carrier radio Licensees by entities whose home markets are in countries that are members of the
World Trade Organization (WTO) does not raise competitive concerns. If more than 25 percent of the ownership of an entity that directly
or indirectly controls a common carrier radio Licensee is attributable to parties whose home markets are in non-WTO member countries,
the presumption does not apply, and the Commission will evaluate whether those markets offer effective competitive opportunities to
U.S. investors in the same service sector. See Rules and Policies on Foreign Participation in the U.S. Telecommunications Market, IB
Docket No. 97-142, Report and Order and Order on Reconsideration, FCC 97-398, 12 FCC Rcd 23,891, ¶¶ 97-118, 131 (1997).
If the answer to 48b is ‘Y’, include in the exhibit required by Item 48a the citation(s) of the applicable declaratory ruling(s) by DA/FCC
number of the FCC Record citation, if available, release date, and any other identifying information.
If the answer to 48b is ‘N’, attach as an exhibit, a date-stamped copy of a request for a foreign ownership ruling pursuant to Section
310(b)(4) of the Communications Act of 1934. It is not necessary to file a request for a foreign ownership ruling if the Applicant includes
in the exhibit required by Item 48a a showing that the requested license(s) is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b)(4).
Basic Qualification Questions
Items 49-51 These items enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant is eligible under §310(d) and 3038(b) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, to hold or have ownership interest in a station license. Applicants are required to answer
these questions only if 1) they are filing FCC Form 601 for one of the following purposes indicated in Item 2: New, Amendment,
Modification, or Renewal/Modification; and 2) the answers have changed from those previously provided. Applicants using FCC Form
601 for any other purpose are not required to answer these questions. If the answer to any one or more of Items 49-51 is ‘Y’, attach as
an exhibit a statement explaining the circumstances and a statement giving the reasons why the Applicant believes that grant of the
application would be in the public interest notwithstanding the actual or alleged misconduct. If the Applicant responds ‘Y’ to any question
and has previously provided a statement and explanation regarding the circumstances as an attachment to a prior application filed in
ULS, and the facts and circumstances are unchanged, the Applicant may refer to the previous application by identifying the application
file number and indicating the disposition of the prior application.
Aeronautical Advisory Station (Unicom) Certification
Item 52 This item certifies that the Licensee has complied with 47 CFR 87.215(d). Failure to certify may result in dismissal of the
application and forfeiture of any fees paid.
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service Cable Cross-Ownership
Item 53a and 53b These items enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant has complied with 47 CFR 27.1202.
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
Item 54 (for EBS only) and Item 55 (for BRS and EBS) These items enable the FCC to determine whether the Licensee has complied
with 47 C.F.R. §27.50, §27.55, §27.1203 and §27.1221.
General Certification Statements
By signing this form, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed in this section are true, complete, correct, and made in good faith.
Signature
Items_56-58 These items must be completed. To be acceptable for filing, applications and amendments must be signed in accordance
with Part 1 of the FCC rules. The signor must be a person authorized to sign the application. Paper originals of applications must bear
an original signature. On paper originals, neither rubber-stamped nor photocopied signatures are acceptable. For filers filing
electronically via ULS, the electronic signature shall consist of the name of the Applicant typed on the application as a signature.

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 17

Appendix I
General Guidelines on Coordination and Use of Radio Frequencies
Above 30 MHz Between the United States and Canada
Note: The following table specifies general coordination criteria only for those frequency bands for which sole coordination authority resides with the FCC.
Frequency bands that are shared with the Federal Government may have different coordination criteria than that listed herein and are coordinated by
the Interdepartment Radio Advisory Committee (IRAC). Frequency bands not listed in the table are not coordinated by the FCC. See 47 C.F.R. §
2.106 for a table of frequency allocations.
Note: This information is based on treaties between the U.S. and Canada in effect July 1999 and is presented as general guidance only. Treaties are
subject to change at any time. If you are unsure of the coordination criteria for a particular frequency band, contact the Commission for guidance.

Frequency (MHz)
30.56 - 32.0
33.0 - 34.0
35.0 - 36.0
37.0 - 38.0
39.0 - 40.0
42.0 - 46.6
47.0 - 49.6
72.0 - 73.0
75.4 - 76.0
121.975 - 123.075
123.075 - 123.575
128.825 - 132.025
136.5 - 137.0
150.8 - 156.2875
156.2875-157.1625
157.1625-157.1875
157.1875-157.4375
157.4375-161.7875
161.7875-162.0375
162.0375 - 174.0
450.0 - 454.665
454.665 – 454.985
454.985 - 459.665
459.665 - 459.985
459.985 - 470.0
806.0 - 824.0
824.0 - 849.0
849.0 - 851.0
851.0 - 869.0
869.0 - 894.0
894.0 - 896.0
896.0 - 901.0
901.0 - 901.350
901.350 - 901.750
901.750 - 901.850
901.850 - 901.900
901.900 - 901.950
901.950 - 902.0
928.0 - 928.25
928.25 - 928.5
928.5 - 928.75

Coordination Criteria
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
Coordination not required.
Coordination not required.
See Note 12.
See Note 12.
See Note 1.
Coordination not required.
See Note 1.
See Note 13.
See Note 1.
See Note 13.
See Note 1.
See Note 1.
See Note 10.
See Note 1.
See Note 10.
See Note 1.
See Note 9.
See Note 8.
See Note 11.
See Note 9.
See Note 8.
See Note 11.
See Note 9.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
See Note 1.
Coordination not required.
See Note 4.

Frequency (MHz)
928.75 - 929.0
929.0 - 930.0
930.0 - 930.4
930.4 - 930.8
930.8 - 931.0
931.0 - 932.0
932.0 - 932.25
932.25 - 932.5
932.5 - 935.0
935.0 - 940.0
940.0 - 940.350
940.350 - 940.750
940.750 - 941.0
941.0 - 941.25
941.25 - 941.5
941.5 - 944.0
944.0 - 952.0
952.0 - 952.25
952.25 - 952.5
952.5 - 952.75
952.75 - 952.85
952.85 - 960.0
1535.0 - 1540.0
1850.0 - 1990.0
1990.0 - 2200.0
2450.0 - 2500.0
2686.0 - 2690.0
3700.0 - 4200.0
5925.0 - 7125.0
8400.0 - 8500.0
10550 - 10680
10700 - 13250
13250 - 13400
14000 - 15400
17700 - 23600
24250 - 33400
36000 and above

Coordination Criteria
See Note 1.
Coordination not required. See Note
15.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
See Note 5.
See Note 4.
Coordination not required.
See Note 6.
See Note 9.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
Not licensed within 120 km of border.
See Note 3.
Coordination not required. See Note 3.
See Note 4.
Coordination not required.
See Note 6.
See Note 2.
See Note 1.
Coordination not required.
See Note 4.
See Note 1.
See Note 2.
Coordination not required.
PCS - Coordination not required.
See Note 7.
Fixed systems - See Note 2.
See Note 2.
See Note 2.
See Note 2.
See Note 2.
See Note 2.
Coordination not required.
See Note 2.
See Note 2.
Coordination not required.
Coordination not required.
See Note 14.
Coordination not required.
Coordination not required.

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 18

Notes:
1. Coordination is required for stations North of Line A or East of Line C.
Coordination is not required for stations operating with less than 5 watts effective radiated power (ERP), except for stations associated with Multiple
Address Systems.
Coordination is not required for 161.6 MHz.
2. Coordination is required for all stations located within 8 km (5 mi) of the Canadian border.
o
Coordination in required for stations located within 56.3 km (35 mi) of the Canadian border when the antenna looks within a 200 sector towards the
border. Although not required, the Commission will routinely coordinate stations operating with less than 5 watts effective radiated power (ERP).
Coordination is not required for stations operating on a secondary basis with less than 5 watts Effective Radiated Power (ERP).
3. Separate channel sharing arrangements exist for the Toronto/Buffalo Region and the Detroit/Windsor Region. See “Canadian Interim Sharing
Arrangement For Narrowband PCS”, DA 94-1183, Public Notice, Oct. 21, 1994.
4. This band is not licensed on a primary basis North of Line A or East of Line C.
5. Coordination is required for stations within 120 km (75 mi) of the border when operating outside the geographical zones defined in 47 C.F.R. §
22.531.
6. Coordination is required for all stations located within 60 km (37.3 mi) of the Canadian border.
o
Coordination is required for stations located within 120 km (75 mi) of the Canadian border when the antenna looks within a 200 sector towards the
border.
7. See “US/Canada Interim Sharing Arrangement For 2 GHz Broadband PCS”, DA 94-1289, Public Notice, Nov. 21, 1984.
8. Cellular Radio - Coordination not required. Expansion of systems near Canadian border is subject to mutual agreement by the Canadian service
provider.
9. The U.S./Canada border area for these frequency bands is divided into eight geographical regions. See 47 C.F.R. § 90.619 for a definition of the
eight regions and a list of which channels are allocated to the U.S. for each region.
10. Air-ground radiotelephone service stations must provide 1000 km (621 mi) distance separation to the nearest co-channel Canadian ground station.
See 47 C.F.R. § 22.813.
11. Air-ground radiotelephone service stations located within 885 km (550 mi) of the border but beyond 8 km (5 mi) of any location listed in 47 C.F.R. §
22.859 must be coordinated.
12. Coordination criteria are based on frequency, location, and altitude.
13. VHF Maritime Public Correspondence - See 47 C.F.R. § 80.57 for the Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement.
14. Coordinate all stations operating within 56 km (35 mi) of the border.
15. Interim coordination agreement with Canada prohibits U.S. assignment of frequencies 929-929.5 MHz within 75 miles of border.

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 19

List of Counties/Boroughs, by State, Having Areas Within Various Canadian Coordination
Zones

Alaska
Haines Borough
Juneau Borough
Ketchikan Gateway
North Slope
Prince Of Wales outer
Ketchikan
Sitka
Skagway-HoonahAngoon
Southeast Fairbanks
Valdez-cordova
Wrangell-petersburg
Yakutat
Yukon-koyukuk
Idaho
Bonner
Boundary
Kootenai
Shoshone
Indiana
Allen
De Kalb
Steuben
Maine
Androscoggin
Aroostook
Cumberland
Franklin
Hancock
Kennebec
Oxford
Penobscot
Piscataquis
Somerset
Waldo
Washington
Michigan
Alcona
Alger
Alpena
Antrim
Arenac
Baraga
Bay
Branch
Calhoun
Charlevoix
Cheboygan
Chippewa
Clare
Clinton

X
X
X
XP
X

X
X
X
XP
XP

X
X
XP
XP
XP

X
X

XP
XP

XP

XP
XP
X
X
XP

XP
XP
XP
XP
XP

XP
XP
XP
XP
XP

XP
X

XP
X
XP
XP

XP
X

XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
X
X
X
XP
XP
XP
X
X
XP
X
X
X
X
XP
X
X
X
XP
XP
X
X
X
XP
X

XP
X
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
X
X
XP
X

X
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP

XP

XP
XP

XP
X
X

XP
X

Michigan (cont’d)
Crawford
Delta
Dickinson
Eaton
Emmet
Genesee
Gladwin
Gogebic
Gratiot
Hillsdale
Houghton
Huron
Ingham
Ionia
Iosco
Iron
Isabella
Jackson
Kalkaska
Keweenaw
Lapeer
Leelanau
Lenawee
Livingston
Luce
Mackinac
Macomb
Marquette
Menominee
Midland
Missaukee
Monroe
Montcalm
Montmorency
Oakland
Ogemaw
Ontonagon
Oscoda
Otsego
Presque Isle
Roscommon
Saginaw
Sanilac
Schoolcraft
Shiawassee
St. Clair
Tuscola
Washtenaw
Wayne
Minnesota
Beltrami
Carlton

X
X
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XP
X
X
XP
X
XP
X
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XP
XP

X
X

XP
XP
X
XP

XP

XP

XP
X
X

X
XP

X
X
X
X
X
XP

XP
XP
XP
XP
X

X

XP

X
X

XP

XP
XP
XP
X

XP

XP
X
XP
XP
X
X
X
X

XP
X

XP

XP

XP

X

Minnesota (Cont’d)
Cass
Clearwater
Cook
Itasca
Kittson
Koochiching
Lake
Lake Of The Woods
Marshall
Pennington
Polk
Red Lake
Roseau
St. Louis
Montana
Blaine
Chouteau
Daniels
Flathead
Glacier
Hill
Lake
Lewis And Clark
Liberty
Lincoln
Mccone
Phillips
Pondera
Richland
Roosevelt
Sanders
Sheridan
Teton
Toole
Valley
New Hampshire
Carroll
Coos
Grafton
New York
Allegany
Cattaraugus
Cayuga
Chautauqua
Clinton
Cortland
Erie
Essex
Franklin
Genesee

XP
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
X
X

XP
XP
X
XP
X
X
XP
X
X
X
XP
XP
X
XP

X
X
XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP

XP
XP
X
XP
X
X
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP

XP
XP
XP

XP
X
XP

XP
XP
XP
X
X

XP
X
X
X
X
XP
X
XP
X
X

X
X
X
X

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

North of Line A
East of Line C

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

North of Line A
East of Line C

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

X P – County/Borough
is partially within
specified zone.

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

X- County/Borough is
completely within
specified zone.

North of Line A
East of Line C

For use with Schedules D, I and M

XP
X
XP
XP
XP
XP

X
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP

XP
XP
XP

XP
XP
XP
XP

XP

XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 20

Ohio (Cont’d)

New York (Cont’d)
Hamilton
Herkimer
Jefferson
Lewis
Livingston
Madison
Monroe
Niagara
Oneida
Onondaga
Ontario
Orleans
Oswego
Schuyler
Seneca
St. Lawrence
Steuben
Tompkins
Warren
Washington
Wayne
Wyoming
Yates
North Dakota

XP
XP
X
X
X
XP
X
X
XP
XP
X
X
X

XP
XP
X
X
XP

X
X
XP

Benson
Bottineau
Burke
Cavalier
Divide
Grand Forks

XP
X
X
X
X
XP

XP
X
X
X
X
XP

Mchenry
Mckenzie
Mountrail
Nelson
Pembina
Pierce
Ramsey
Renville
Rolette
Towner
Walsh
Ward
Williams
Ohio

XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
X
X
X
X
XP
XP

XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
X
X
X
X
XP
X

Ashland
Ashtabula
Crawford
Cuyahoga
Defiance
Erie
Fulton
Geauga
Hancock
Hardin
Henry
Holmes
Huron
Lake

XP
X

XP
X
X
X
XP
X
X
X
XP
XP
X
XP
X
X

XP
X
XP

X
X
X
X
X
XP
X
X
X

XP
XP
X
X
X
XP
X
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
XP
X
XP
XP

XP
XP

XP
X
XP
X
XP

XP

XP
XP

X
X
X
X
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
XP

XP
XP
X
XP

XP
XP

Lorain
Lucas
Mahoning
Marion
Medina
Morrow
Ottawa
Paulding
Portage
Putnam
Richland
Sandusky
Seneca
Stark
Summit
Trumbull
Wayne
Williams
Wood
Wyandot
Pennsylvania

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

North of Line A
East of Line C

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

North of Line A
East of Line C

Within 56.3 km (35 mi)
of Canadian Border

Within 120 km (75 mi)
of Canadian Border

X P - County is partially
within specified zone.

North of Line A
East of Line C

X – County is
completely within
specified zone.

Washington (Cont’d)
X
X

XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
X
XP
XP
X
X

Crawford
Elk
Erie
Forest
Mckean
Mercer
Potter
Venango
Warren
Vermont

XP

Addison
Caledonia
Chittenden
Essex
Franklin
Grand Isle
Lamoille
Orange
Orleans
Rutland
Washington
Windsor
Washington

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP

Chelan
Clallam
Douglas
Ferry
Grant
Grays Harbor
Island
Jefferson
King
Kitsap
Lincoln
Mason
Okanogan

XP
X
XP
XP

X

XP

XP
X
X
XP
X
XP
XP

X
X
XP
XP
X
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
X
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
X
XP
X
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
X
XP
X
X
X
X
X
X
XP
X

XP
XP

X

XP
XP

Pend Oreille
Pierce
San Juan
Skagit
Snohomish
Spokane
Stevens
Whatcom
Wisconsin

X
XP
X
X
X
XP
XP
X

Ashland
Bayfield
Douglas
Florence
Forest
Iron
Marinette
Vilas

XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP
XP

X
XP
X
X
XP
XP
XP
X

XP
X
XP
X
XP
X

XP

XP
XP

XP
XP
XP
X
X
XP
X

X
XP

XP

XP
X
XP
XP
XP
XP
X
X
XP
X
XP
XP
X

XP
XP
XP

XP
XP

XP

FCC 601 – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 21

Appendix II
STATE TABLE
Abbreviations for States, Jurisdictions, and Areas
AL
AK
AZ
AR
CA
CO
CT
DE
DC
FL
GA
GM
HI
ID
IL
IN
IA
KS
KY
LA
ME
MD
MA
MI
MN
MS
MO
MT
NE
NV
NH
NJ
NM
NY
NC

Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Gulf of Mexico
Hawaii
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina

ND
OH
OK
OR
PA
RI
SC
SD
TN
TX
UT
VT
VA
WA
WV
WI
WY

North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming

AS
GU
MP
PR
UM

American Samoa
Guam
Northern Mariana Islands
Puerto Rico
U.S. Territories: (Baker Island, Howland Island,
Jarvis Island, Johston Atoll, Kingman Reef, Midway
Island, Navassa Island, Palmyra Atoll and Wake
Island)
Virgin Islands

VI
AA
AE
AP

Armed Forces-Americas (excluding Canada)
Armed Forces-(Europe, Middle East, Africa,
Canada)
Armed Forces-Pacific

FCC 601 - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 22

FCC 601

FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization:
Wireless Telecommunications Bureau

Main Form
1) Radio Service Code:

General Information
2) (Select only one) (
NE - New
MD - Modification
AM - Amendment

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See instructions for
public burden estimate

1a) Existing Radio Service Code:

)
RO - Renewal Only
AU - Administrative Update
RM - Renewal/Modification
WD - Withdrawal of Application
CA - Cancellation of License DU - Duplicate License

NT - Required Notifications
EX - Requests for Extension of Time
RL – Registered Location/Link

3a) If this application is for a Developmental License, Demonstration License, or a Special Temporary
Authorization (STA), enter the code and attach the required exhibit as described in the instructions. Otherwise
enter ‘N’ (Not Applicable).
3b) If this application is for Special Temporary Authority due to an emergency situation, enter ‘Y’; otherwise enter ‘N’.
Refer to Rule 1.915 for an explanation of situations considered to be an emergency.

(

)D M S N/A

(

)Yes No

4)

If this application is for an Amendment or Withdrawal, enter the file number of the pending application currently
on file with the FCC.

File Number

5)

If this application is for a Modification, Renewal Only, Renewal/Modification, Cancellation of License, Duplicate
License, or Administrative Update, enter the call sign of the existing FCC license.
If this is a request for Registered Location/Link, enter the FCC call sign assigned to the geographic license.

Call Sign

6)

If this application is for a New, Amendment, Renewal Only, or Renewal/Modification, enter the requested
authorization expiration date (this item is optional).

7)

Is this application “major” as defined in §1.929 of the Commission’s Rules when read in conjunction with the
applicable radio service rules found in Parts 22 and 90 of the Commission’s Rules? (NOTE: This question only
applies to certain site-specific applications. See the instructions for applicability and full text of §1.929).

MM
DD
_______/_______

(

)Yes No

(

)Yes No

Fees, Waivers, and Exemptions
9) Is the Applicant exempt from FCC application fees?

(

)Yes

No

10) Is the Applicant exempt from FCC regulatory fees?

(

)Yes

No

11a) Does this application include a request for a Waiver of the Commission’s Rule(s)?
If ‘Yes’, attach an exhibit providing rule number(s) and explaining circumstances.

(

)Yes

No

8)

Are attachments (other than associated schedules) being filed with this application?

11b) If 11a is ‘Y’, enter the number of rule sections involved.
12) Are the frequencies or parameters requested in this filing covered by grandfathered privileges, previously
approved by waiver, or functionally integrated with an existing station?

Number of
Rule Section(s): _________
(
)Yes No

FCC 601 – Main Form
(Edition Date) – Page 1

Applicant Information
13) FCC Registration Number (FRN):
14) Applicant/Licensee Legal Entity Type: (Select One)
(
) Individual (
)Unincorporated Association (

)Trust

(

(

) General Partnership

(

) Limited Partnership

(

)Government Entity

) Limited Liability Partnership

(

)Corporation (
(

)Limited Liability Company

) Consortium

(
) Other: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________
15) If the Licensee name is being updated, is the update a result from the sale (or transfer of control) of the license(s)
(
)Yes No
to another party and for which proper Commission approval has not been received or proper notification not
provided?
16) First Name (if individual):
MI:
Last Name:
Suffix:
17) Legal Entity Name (if other than individual):
18) Attention To:
19) P.O. Box:

And/Or

20) Street Address:

21) City:

22) State:

24) Telephone Number:

23) Zip Code:

25) FAX:

26) E-Mail Address:

27) Demographics (Optional):
Race:
(
)American Indian or Alaska Native
(

)Asian

(

)Black or African-American

(

)Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander

(

)White

Ethnicity:
(
)Hispanic or Latino

Gender:
(
)Male

(

(

)Not Hispanic or Latino

Real Party in Interest
28) Name of Real Party in Interest of Applicant (If different from
Applicant):
Contact Information (If different from the Applicant)
(____) Check here if same as Applicant.
30) First Name:

)Female

29) FCC Registration Number (FRN) of Real Party in Interest:

MI:

Last Name:

Suffix:

31) Company Name:
32) Attention To:
33) P.O. Box:
35) City:
38) Telephone Number:

And
/Or

34) Street Address:
36) State:

37) Zip Code:

39) FAX:

40) E-Mail Address:

FCC 601 – Main Form
(Edition Date) – Page 2

Regulatory Status
41) This filing is for authorization to provide or use the following type(s) of radio service offering (enter all that apply):
(

)Common Carrier

(

)Non-Common Carrier

(

)Private, internal communications

(

)Broadcast Services

(

)Band Manager

Type of Radio Service
42) This filing is for authorization to provide the following type(s) of radio service (choose all that apply):
(

)Fixed

(

)Mobile

(

)Radiolocation

(

)Satellite (sound)

(

)Broadcast Services

43) Does the Applicant propose to provide service interconnected to the public telephone network?

(

)Yes No

(

)Yes No

45) Is the Applicant an alien or the representative of an alien?

(

)Yes No

46) Is the Applicant a corporation organized under the laws of any foreign government?

(

)Yes No

47) Is the Applicant a corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or their
representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any corporation organized under the laws of a
foreign country?

(

)Yes No

48a) Is the Applicant directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock
is owned of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any
corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country?

(

)Yes No

48b) If the answer to 48a is ‘Y’, has the Applicant received a ruling(s) under Section 310(b)(4) of the Communications
Act with respect to the same radio service involved in this application?

(

)Yes No

Alien Ownership Questions (If any answer is ‘Y’, provide an attachment explaining the circumstances)
44) Is the Applicant a foreign government or the representative of any foreign government?

If the answer to 48b is ‘Y’, include in the exhibit required by Item 48a the citation(s) of the applicable declaratory ruling(s) by DA/FCC number of
the FCC Record citation, if available, release date, and any other identifying information
If the answer to 48b is ‘N’, attach to this filing a date-stamped copy of a request for a foreign ownership ruling pursuant to Section 310(b)(4) of
the Communications Act. It is not necessary to file a request for a foreign ownership ruling if the Applicant includes in the exhibit required by
Item 48a a showing that the requested license(s) is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b)(4).
Basic Qualification Questions
49) Has the Applicant or any party to this application had any FCC station authorization, license or construction
(
permit revoked or had any application for an initial, modification or renewal of FCC station authorization, license, or construction
permit denied by the Commission?
50) Has the Applicant or any party to this application, or any party directly or indirectly controlling the Applicant,
(
ever been convicted of a felony by any state or federal court?
51) Has any court finally adjudged the Applicant or any party directly or indirectly controlling the Applicant guilty of unlawfully
monopolizing or attempting unlawfully to monopolize radio communication, directly or indirectly, through control of
manufacture or sale of radio apparatus, exclusive traffic arrangement, or any other means or unfair methods of competition?

(

)Yes No
)Yes No
)Yes No

If the answer to any of 49-51 is ‘Y’, attach an exhibit explaining the circumstances.
Aeronautical Advisory Station (Unicom) Certification
52) ( ) I certify that the station will be located on property of the airport to be served, and, in cases where the airport does not have a control
tower, RCO, or FAA flight service station, that I have notified the owner of the airport and all aviation service organizations located at the airport
within ten days prior to application.
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service Cable Cross-Ownership
53a) Will the requested facilities be used to provide multichannel video programming service?

(

)Yes No

(

)Yes No

53b) If the answer to question 53a is ‘Y’, does the Applicant operate, control or have an attributable interest
(as defined in Section 27.1202 of the Commission’s Rules) in a cable television system whose franchise
area is located within the geographic service area of the requested facilities?

Note: If the answer to question 53b is ‘Y’, attach an exhibit explaining how the Applicant complies with Section 27.1202 of the Commission’s
Rules or justifying a waiver of that rule. If a waiver of the Commission Rule(s) is being requested, Item 11a must be answered ‘Y’.
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service (Part 27)
54) (For EBS only) Does the Applicant comply with the programming requirements contained in Section 27.1203
of the Commission’s Rules?

(

)Yes No

Note: If the answer to item 54 is ‘N’, attach an exhibit explaining how the Applicant complies with Section 27.1203 of the Commission’s Rules or
justifying a waiver of that rule. If a waiver of the Commission Rule(s) is being requested, Item 11a must be answered ‘Y’.
55) (For BRS and EBS) Does the Applicant comply with Sections 27.50, 27.55, and 27.1221 of the Commission’s Rules?
(
)Yes No
Note: If the answer to item 55 is ‘N’, attach an exhibit justifying a waiver of that rule(s). If a waiver of the Commission Rule(s) is being requested,
Item 11a must be answered ‘Y’.

FCC 601 – Main Form
(Edition Date) – Page 3

General Certification Statements
1)

The Applicant waives any claim to the use of any particular frequency or of the electromagnetic spectrum as against the regulatory power of the United States
because of the previous use of the same, whether by license or otherwise, and requests an authorization in accordance with this application.

2)

The Applicant certifies that grant of this application would not cause the Applicant to be in violation of any pertinent cross-ownership or attribution rules.*
*If the Applicant has sought a waiver of any such rule in connection with this application, it may make this certification subject to the outcome of the waiver request.

3)

The Applicant certifies that all statements made in this application and in the exhibits, attachments, or documents incorporated by reference are material, are part of
this application, and are true, complete, correct, and made in good faith.

4)

The Applicant certifies that neither the Applicant nor any other party to the application is subject to a denial of Federal benefits pursuant to §5301 of the Anti-Drug
Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. § 862, because of a conviction for possession or distribution of a controlled substance. This certification does not apply to applications
filed in services exempted under §1.2002(c) of the rules, 47 CFR § 1.2002(c). See §1.2002(b) of the rules, 47 CFR § 1.2002(b), for the definition of "party to the
application" as used in this certification.
The Applicant certifies that it either (1) has current required ownership data on file with the Commission, (2) is filing updated ownership data simultaneously with this
application, or (3) is not required to file ownership data under the Commission's Rules.

5)
6)

7)
8)

The Applicant certifies that the facilities, operations, and transmitters for which this authorization is hereby requested are either: (1) categorically excluded from routine
environmental evaluation for RF exposure as set forth in 47 C.F.R. 1.1307(b); or, (2) have been found not to cause human exposure to levels of radiofrequency
radiation in excess of the limits specified in 47 C.F.R. 1.1310 and 2.1093; or, (3) are the subject of one or more Environmental Assessments filed with the
Commission.
The Applicant certifies that it has reviewed the appropriate Commission Rules defining eligibility to hold the requested license(s), and is eligible to hold the requested
license(s).
The Applicant certifies that it is not in default on any payment for Commission licenses and that it is not delinquent on any non-tax debt owed to any federal agency.

Signature
56) Typed or Printed Name of Party Authorized to Sign
First Name:

MI:

Last Name:

Suffix:

57) Title:
Signature:

58) Date:

FAILURE TO SIGN THIS APPLICATION MAY RESULT IN DISMISSAL OF THE APPLICATION AND FORFEITURE OF ANY FEES PAID.
Upon grant of this license application, the Licensee may be subject to certain construction or coverage requirements. Failure to meet the construction or
coverage requirements will result in termination of the license. Consult appropriate FCC regulations to determine the construction or coverage requirements
that apply to the type of license requested in this application.
WILLFUL FALSE STATEMENTS MADE ON THIS FORM OR ANY ATTACHMENTS ARE PUNISHABLE BY FINE AND/OR IMPRISONMENT (U.S. Code, Title 18,
§1001) AND/OR REVOCATION OF ANY STATION LICENSE OR CONSTRUCTION PERMIT (U.S. Code, Title 47, §312(a)(1)), AND/OR FORFEITURE (U.S. Code,
Title 47, §503).

FCC 601 – Main Form
(Edition Date) – Page 4

FCC 601
Schedule A

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
Information and Instructions

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call Signs
or File Numbers Form FCC 601

Schedule A
Instructions

Form FCC 601, Schedule A, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. Schedule A is not used with initial applications. Complete this schedule to submit
global changes to items on the FCC 601 Main Form that affect multiple call signs or file numbers, depending on the Application Purpose
entered for Item 2 of that form. Note the following:
Multiple File Numbers may be affected by these purposes: Amendment or Withdrawal of Application
Multiple Call Signs may be affected by these purposes: Renewal Only, Cancellation of License, Duplicate License, or
Administrative Update
Each Schedule A or groups of Schedule A filed with the FCC 601 Main Form must use the same purpose, and only one purpose can be
specified per submission.

FCC 601 Schedule A - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

FCC 601

Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple
Call Signs or File Numbers

Schedule A

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form
for public burden estimate

Enter only multiple call signs or only multiple file numbers for the following Form FCC 601 Main Form purposes:
Amendment or Withdrawal of Application (File Numbers)
Renewal Only, Cancellation of License, Duplicate License, or Administrative Update (Call Signs)
Note: Form FCC 601 Main Form allows the selection of only one purpose per submission.
Each Schedule A or groups of Schedule A filed with the FCC 601 Main Form must use the same purpose.
Call Sign or File Number

Call Sign or File Number

Call Sign or File Number

Call Sign or File Number

FCC 601 Schedule A
(Edition Date) - Page 1

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

FCC 601
Schedule B

Information and Instructions

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services
Form FCC 601, Schedule B, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Radio
Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for the required license authorization when the Applicant has
been determined to be the winning bidder at the close of an FCC auction. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this
schedule.

Schedule B
Instructions
Market/Channel Block
Items 1 through 4 are to be completed with the market or markets that are licensed on a geographic licensing area or market basis (e.g.,
Personal Communications Service) and have been won through an auction (in this case, multiple sites may be completed for each
Schedule B).
Item 1 This item identifies the market(s) to which the filing pertains. Market designators are listed in FCC Public Notices or in the FCC
rules.
Item 2 This item, in addition to the market designator, identifies the market to which the filing pertains. The market names are listed in FCC
Public Notices or in the FCC rules.
Item 3 This item identifies the spectrum, assigned in channel blocks, for the market area listed in Item 1.
Item 4 Complete this item only if the market area listed in Item 1 has been subdivided (in a partition and/or disaggregation).
Note:
In some circumstances geographic area Licensees must apply for a site-specific authorization when either (a) a site
requires international coordination, or (b) a site will have an environmental impact, or (c) a base or fixed station in the Lower 700
MHz WCS channels is operating in excess of 1 kW ERP.
(a) Sites requiring international coordination:
International coordination is generally needed when a site is located North of Line A or East of Line C. Appendix I in
FCC 601 Main Form instructions contains a list of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas North of Line A and East of
Line C. In these instances, Licensees must file an application for modification using FCC 601 Main Form and Schedule I
for microwave radio services or Schedule D and the appropriate technical data schedule for all other radio services.
(b) Sites having an environmental impact:
Sites having a significant environmental effect are defined in Section 1.1307 of the Commission's Rules. In these instances,
Licensees must file an application for modification using FCC 601 Main Form and Schedule I for microwave radio services or
Schedule D for all other radio services. Examples of facilities that may have a significant effect on the environment include:
An antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity
aviation obstruction lighting
A facility located in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain
A facility that affects a site significant in American history
A facility whose construction involves extensive changes in surface features
Facilities, operations, or transmitters that would cause human exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation in excess of
the limits as detailed in §§ 1.1310 and 2.109 of the Commission’s Rules.
(c) Based or fixed stations in the Lower 700 MHz WCS channels operating in excess of 1 kW ERP:
FCC 601 Schedule B – Instructions
Edition Date - Page 1

Pursuant to Section 27.50(c)(5) of the Commission’s Rules, Licensees authorized for the lower 700 MHz WCS channels that
operate base or fixed stations in excess of 1 kW ERP must file an application for modification using FCC 601 Main Form and
Schedule D. Licensees must provide the coordinates of the facilities on Schedule D and provide as an exhibit the station’s
maximum ERP (watts), antenna height above ground (meters) and a depiction of the vertical antenna pattern. Licensees must
provide the same technical parameters to all adjacent Part 27 Licensees authorized to construct and operate a base or fixed
station within 75 km of the location(s) indicated on Schedule D.
Item 5 This item will be prefilled from FCC 175 that you filed previously with the Commission when the application is submitted.
Item 6 This item will be prefilled from FCC 175 that you filed previously with the Commission when the application is submitted.
Item 7 For each market and channel block please indicate whether you will be seeking a tribal lands bidding credit by checking the
appropriate block.
Note: The processing of each application requesting a tribal land bidding credit will be suspended for 180 days. This
180-day period provides the Applicant time to secure the required certification(s) from the appropriate tribal
government(s) and to amend the application in accordance with the Commission’s Rules.
Tribal Lands Information
Complete this section ONLY after you have received the required certification(s) from the tribal government(s).
The information provided in this section will enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant is eligible to receive a tribal land bidding
credit and the amount of the bidding credit.
Item 8 Enter the market designator for those markets where a tribal lands bidding credit is being sought.
Item 9 Enter the assigned channel blocks for the market area listed in Item 8.
Item 10 Enter the names of the tribal lands for which a bidding credit is being sought. The term “tribal lands” shall mean “reservation” as
defined by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. A reservation is any federally recognized Indian tribe’s reservation, Pueblo, or Colony, including
former reservations in Oklahoma, Alaska Native regions established pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (85 Stat.688),
and Indian allotments.
Item 11 Enter, in square kilometers, the area for each tribal land within the designated market.
Item 12 For each market, place an “x” next to the tribal lands where the required certification(s) has been received and bidding credit is
sought. Attach the certification(s) as an exhibit and title it “Tribal Government Certification”.
Item 13 On the first line for each market, enter the dollar amount of the tribal lands bidding credit as calculated in accordance with the
Commission’s Rules.
Item 14 If requesting a waiver of the Commission’s Rules to obtain a tribal lands bidding credit higher than allowed under the Rules, enter
the additional dollar amount for each market, on the first line for that market, and attach an exhibit justifying the request. You must provide
a certification from an independent auditor that the estimated costs set forth in the exhibit are reasonable.
Note: Your tribal lands bidding credit cannot exceed the applicable bidding credit cap as defined in the rules.
Note concerning Items 15 through Items 55: The following information will be prefilled when filing electronically from the FCC 175 that
you filed previously with the Commission. If any information has changed, you may continue completing the application.
Agreement Identifier
Item 15 This item must be completed. It indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on this agreement and the type of
agreement. Check the appropriate block to either Add or Delete Agreements or Party(ies) to Agreements. Enter the unique identifying
name of the agreement and check the appropriate block of the party(ies) to agreement for either Entity Name or Individual Name. If filing
for an entity, enter the legal entity name. If filing is for an ‘Individual’, enter the first name, middle initial, last name and suffix of the
individual. Provide FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the party to the agreement.

FCC 601 Schedule B – Instructions
Edition Date - Page 2

Designated Entity/Closed Bidding Agreement Info
Item 16 Answer this item ‘Y’ if you have you entered into any agreements, written or oral, which could impact your Designated Entity or
closed bidding status. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. If answering ‘Y’, attach an exhibit listing the agreements, providing the date on which you
entered into each agreement, and summarizing each agreement. Also if answering ‘Y’, attach copies of all agreements listed and
summarized in the exhibit.
Additional Demographic Information (Not Required)
Item 17 Check the appropriate block for Applicant status if a Minority Owned Business, Rural Telephone Company, or a Woman Owned
Business if applicable. This item is not required.
Revenue and Asset Information
Item 18 Enter ‘Y’ if any revenue and asset information has changed for the Applicant, the Disclosable Interest Holder, or the Affiliate.
Otherwise, enter ‘N’. If ‘Y’, provide details in an attachment.
Revenue and Asset Information for the Applicant
Item 19 Check the block if modifying the Applicant information. When modifying, enter only the items changed. All other information will be
copied from the FCC 175 filed previously.
Gross Revenue Disclosure
Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 20a Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for the most recent
reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 20b and 20c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for
the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 21a Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the
most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 21b and 21c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were not in
existence for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 22a Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for two years prior to the
most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 22b and 22c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest were not in
existence for two years prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Average Gross Revenue
Item 23 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 20, 21 and 22.
Asset Disclosure
Item 24 Enter the total assets disclosed as of the application filing date.
Financial Statements
Item 25 Check if the Applicant used audited financial statements or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified by Applicant’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.
Revenue and Asset Information for the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH)
Item 26 Select the proper block to Add, Modify, or Delete a DIH. If Adding, complete items 27 through 33. If Modifying, enter only the
items changed. If Deleting, complete the Entity Name or the Individual Name and the FRN of the DIH. Modify and Delete are used for
Amendments of previously filed application. If necessary, attach additional copies of this page to list more DIHs.
Disclosable Interest Holder
Item 27 Select the proper block for either Entity Name or Individual name of the Disclosable Interest Holder and provide Entity Name or
Individual name and the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the DIH.
Gross Revenue Disclosure
Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 28a Enter ‘Y’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for the most recent reportable
year. If ‘Y’, complete items 28b and 28c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for the most recent
reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 29a Enter ‘Y’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the most
recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 29b and 29c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for
one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.

FCC 601 Schedule B – Instructions
Edition Date - Page 3

Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 30a Enter ‘Y’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for two years prior to the most
recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 30b and 30c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for
two years prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Average Gross Revenue
Item 31 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 28, 29 and 30.
Asset Disclosure
Item 32 Enter the total assets disclosed as of the application filing date.
Financial Statements
Item 33 Check if the DIH used audited financial statements or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified by the DIH’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.
Revenue and Asset Information for the Affiliate
Item 34 Select the proper block to Add, Modify, or Delete an Affiliate. If Adding, complete items 35 through 41. If Modifying, enter only the
items changed. If Deleting, complete the Entity Name or the Individual Name and the FRN of the Affiliate. Modify and Delete are used for
Amendments of previously filed application. If necessary, attach additional copies of this page to list more Affiliates.
Affiliate
Item 35 Select the proper block for either Entity Name or Individual name of the Affiliate and provide Entity Name or Individual name and
the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the Affiliate.
Gross Revenue Disclosure
Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 36a Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for the most recent reportable
year. If ‘Y’, complete items 36b and 36c. Enter ‘N’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for the most recent
reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 37a Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the most
recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 37b and 37c. Enter ‘N’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence
for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 38a Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for two years prior to the most
recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 38b and 38c. Enter ‘N’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence
for two years prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Average Gross Revenue
Item 39 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 36, 37 and 38.
Asset Disclosure
Item 40 Enter the total assets disclosed as of the application filing date.
Financial Statements
Item 41 Check if the Affiliate used audited financial statements or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified by the Affiliate’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.
Revenue and Asset Information for Entities With Whom the Applicant Has an Attributable Material Relationship (AMR Entity)
Item 42 Select the proper block to Add, Modify, or Delete an AMR Entity. If Adding, complete items 43 through 49. If Modifying, enter only
the items changed. If Deleting, complete the Entity Name or the Individual Name and the FRN of the AMR Entity. Modify and Delete are
used for Amendments of previously filed application. If necessary, attach additional copies of this page to list more AMR Entities.
Entity With Whom the Applicant Has an Attributable Material Relationship
Item 43 Select the proper block for either Entity Name or Individual name of the AMR Entity and provide Entity Name or Individual name
and the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the AMR Entity.
Gross Revenue Disclosure
Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 44a Enter ‘Y’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for the most recent
reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 44b and 44c. Enter ‘N’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were not in existence for
the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
FCC 601 Schedule B – Instructions
Edition Date - Page 4

One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 45a Enter ‘Y’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the
most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 45b and 45c. Enter ‘N’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were not in
existence for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 46a Enter ‘Y’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were in existence and had gross revenues for two years prior to the
most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 46b and 46c. Enter ‘N’ if the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest were not in
existence for two years prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment.
Average Gross Revenue
Item 47 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 44, 45 and 46.
Asset Disclosure
Item 48 Enter the total assets disclosed as of the application filing date.
Financial Statements
Item 49 Check if the AMR Entity used audited financial statements or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified by the AMR Entity’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.
Closed Bidding /Designated Entity Eligibility
Total Gross Revenues for Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 50 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total gross revenue for the most recent reportable year and the year end date.
Total Gross Revenues for One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 51 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total gross revenue for one year prior to most recent reportable year and the year
end date.
Total Gross Revenues for Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
Item 52 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total gross revenue for two years prior to most recent reportable year and the
year end date.
Total Aggregate Average Gross Revenues for Designated Entity
Item 53 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the aggregate average gross revenue for the designated entity.
Total Aggregate Average Gross Revenues for Closed Bidding
Item 54 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the aggregate average gross revenue for the closed bidding.
Total Assets Disclosure
Item 55 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total assets for the closed bidding.
Certification Statements
By signing the FCC 601 Main Form, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed in this section are true, complete, correct, and made in
good faith.

FCC 601 Schedule B – Instructions
Edition Date - Page 5

Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services

FCC 601

Schedule B
MARKET/CHANNEL BLOCK INFORMATION
1)
Market
Designator

2)
Market Name

3)
Channel
Block

4)
Sub-Market
Designator

5)
Percentage
of
Bidding
Credit

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

6)
Open/Closed
Bidding

7)
I Am Seeking A Tribal
Lands Bidding Credit
In This Market
(

) Yes

(

) No

(

) Yes

(

) No

(

) Yes

(

) No

TRIBAL LANDS INFORMATION - Complete only when attaching the required certification(s) from the tribal government(s)
8)
Market
Designator

9)
Channel
Block

15) Agreement Identifier:
Type of Agreement:

10)
Name of Tribal Lands

Action Requested:
Collusion-Based

11)
Area, in
square kms,
of tribal lands
contained
within
designated
market

12)
Indicate with an “x”
those tribal lands
where Applicant has
secured the required
certification(s) from
the tribal governments
[attach certification(s)]

13)
The amount of
bidding credit
as defined by
FCC Rules (by
Market)

14)
Additional
amount of
bidding credit
requested
(attach
justification)

Add
Delete
Designated Entity
Other (Description of Type of Agreement) _____________________________

Agreement Name:

Party(ies) to Agreement(s)

Action Requested:

Add

Delete
Legal Entity Name

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:
First

MI

Last

Suffix

Individual Name:
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Action Requested:

Add

Delete
Legal Entity Name

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:
First

MI

Last

Suffix

Individual Name:
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Action Requested:

Add

Delete
Legal Entity Name

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:
First

MI

Last

Suffix

Individual Name:
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 1

Designated Entity/Closed Bidding Agreement Info
16) Have you entered into any agreements, written or oral, that would impact your Designated Entity or closed
bidding status?
If ‘Y’, attach an exhibit.

(

) Yes

No

(

) Yes

No

17) Additional Demographic Information (Not Required)
Applicant Status:
Minority Owned Business

Rural Telephone Company

Woman Owned Business

Revenue and Asset Information
18) Has any Revenue and Asset information changed for the Applicant, the Disclosable Interest Holder, or the
Affiliate? If ‘Y’, explain why in an exhibit.
19) Revenue and Asset Information for the Applicant
Purpose (Check Modify and complete all changes different from previously filed FCC 175)
Modify
Gross Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year
20a) Were the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
20b) Gross Revenues
20c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
21a) Were the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
21b) Gross Revenues
21c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
22a) Were the Applicant and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
22b) Gross Revenues
22c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Average Gross Revenue
23) Average Gross Revenue of Reported Years: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Asset Disclosure
24) Total Assets as of Application Filing Date: $_____________________________(Format: 99,999.99)

Financial Statements
25) Audited or Unaudited (Check One)
The Applicant used audited financial statements.
The Applicant used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and
certified by the Applicant’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.
FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 2

26) Revenue and Asset Information for the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH)
Purpose (Select One)
Add

Modify

Delete

27) Disclosable Interest Holder
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:

Individual Name: First

MI

Last

Suffix

Gross Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year
28a) Were the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If ‘N’,
explain why in an attachment.

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
28b) Gross Revenues
28c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
29a) Were the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If ‘N’,
explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
29b) Gross Revenues
29c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
30a) Were the DIH and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If ‘N’,
explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
30b) Gross Revenues
30c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Average Gross Revenue
31) Average Gross Revenue of Reported Years: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Asset Disclosure
32) Total Assets as of Application Filing Date: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Financial Statements
33) Audited or Unaudited (Check One)
The Disclosable Interest Holder used audited financial statements.
The Disclosable Interest Holder used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) and certified by the DIH’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 3

34) Revenue and Asset Information for the Affiliate
Purpose (Select One)
Add

Modify

Delete

35) Affiliate
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:

Individual Name: First

MI

Last

Suffix

Gross Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year
36a) Were the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
36b) Gross Revenues
36c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
37a) Were the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
37b) Gross Revenues
37c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
38a) Were the Affiliate and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If
‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
38b) Gross Revenues
38c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Average Gross Revenue
39) Average Gross Revenue of Reported Years: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Asset Disclosure
40) Total Assets as of Application Filing Date: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Financial Statements
41) Audited or Unaudited (Check One)
The Affiliate used audited financial statements.
The Affiliate used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified
by the Affiliate’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 4

42) Revenue and Asset Information for Entities With Whom the Applicant Has an Attributable Material Relationship (AMR Entity)
Purpose (Select One)
Add

Modify

Delete

43) Entity With Whom the Applicant Has an Attributable Material Relationship
FCC Registration Number (FRN):

Entity Name:

Individual Name: First

MI

Last

Suffix

Gross Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year
44a) Were the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period?
If ‘N’, explain why in an attachment.

FCC Registration Number (FRN):

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

(

) Yes No

If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
44b) Gross Revenues
44c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
45a) Were the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period?
If ‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
45b) Gross Revenues
45c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
46a) Were the AMR Entity and any predecessors-in-interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period?
If ‘N’, explain why in an attachment.
If ‘Y’, provide the following information.
46b) Gross Revenues
46c) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Average Gross Revenue
47) Average Gross Revenue of Reported Years: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Asset Disclosure
48) Total Assets as of Application Filing Date: $_____________________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Financial Statements
49) Audited or Unaudited (Check One)
The AMR Entity used audited financial statements.
The AMR Entity used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and
certified by the AMR Entity’s chief financial officer or the equivalent.

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 5

Closed Bidding/Designated Entity Eligibility
Total Gross Revenues for Most Recent Reportable Year
50a) Gross Revenues
50b) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Total Gross Revenues for One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
51a) Gross Revenues:
51b) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Total Gross Revenues for Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year
52a) Gross Revenues:
52b) Year End Date:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
_____________________ (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY)

Total Aggregate Average Gross Revenues for Designated Entity
53) Aggregate Average Gross Revenue: $_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)
Total Aggregate Average Gross Revenues for Closed Bidding
54) Aggregate Average Gross Revenue: $_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

Total Assets Disclosure for Closed Bidding
55) Total Assets:

$_____________________ (Format: 99,999.99)

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 6

Certifications (By signing the Main Form, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed are true, complete, correct and made in good
faith)
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as an Entrepreneur Under the General Rule
Applicant certifies that it is eligible to obtain the licenses for which it applies.
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Publicly Traded Corporation
Applicant certifies that it is eligible to obtain the licenses for which it applies and that it complies with the definition of a Publicly Traded
Corporation, as set out in the applicable FCC rules.
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Very Small Business, Very Small Business Consortium, Small Business, or Small
Business Consortium
Applicant certifies that it is eligible for the bidding credit it seeks in connection with the licenses for which it is applying.
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Rural Telephone Company
Applicant certifies that it meets the definition of a Rural Telephone Company as set out in the applicable FCC rules, and must disclose
all parties to agreement(s) to partition licenses won in this auction. See applicable FCC rules.
For Applicants Claiming Tribal Lands Bidding Credit
Applicant certifies that it will comply with the bidding credit buildout requirements and consult with the tribal government(s) regarding
the siting of facilities and deployment of service on the tribal land(s) as set out in the applicable FCC rules.
For Auction Applicants
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Very Small Business, Very Small Business Consortium, Small Business, or Small Business
Consortium, Applicant provided separate gross revenue information for itself, for each of Applicant's officers and directors; for each of
Applicant's other controlling interests; for each of Applicant's affiliates; for each affiliate of each of Applicant's officers, directors, and
other controlling interests; and for each entity with which Applicant has an attributable material relationship.
For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as an Entrepreneur, Applicant provided separate gross revenue and total asset information for itself,
for each of Applicant's officers and directors; for each of Applicant's other controlling interests; for each of Applicant’s affiliates; and for
each affiliate of each Applicant's officers, directors, and other controlling interests; and for each entity with which Applicant has an
attributable material relationship.

FCC 601 Schedule B
Edition Date - Page 7

FCC 601
Schedule D

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau
Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures
Form FCC 601, Schedule D, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Radio
Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to supply technical information for fixed transmit station locations,
including antenna structures and Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, and 6.1 Meter Control Station Locations. It is also used by
geographic Licensees (all radio services, except microwave) to apply for a site-specific authorization to fulfill international coordination
requirements, environmental assessment requirements or for reporting of cell transmitter stations (CTS) in the 218-219 MHz Service (when
required by Part 95) or for reporting of base or fixed stations operating in excess of 1 kW ERP in the Lower 700 MHz WCS channels (when
required by Part 27). File as many schedules as necessary to describe all station locations, including antenna structures, in your
application. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. This schedule is used in conjunction with the
following technical data schedules:
Note: When required, antenna structures must be registered using FCC 854. The use of this form to supply antenna structure
information does not replace the requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more information, see our web site at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or visit the web at http://esupport.fcc.gov.
FCC 601, Schedule E - Technical Data Schedule for the Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service (Part 27)
Note: BRS and EBS may only apply for fixed, temporary fixed or mobile station locations.
FCC 601, Schedule F -

Technical Data Schedule for the Cellular and Air-ground (Commercial Aviation) Radiotelephone Services
(Part 22)
Note: Services that use Schedule F may only apply for fixed station locations.

FCC 601, Schedule G -

Technical Data Schedule for the Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87)

FCC 601, Schedule H -

Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile Radio Services
(Parts 90 and 74)
Note: Part 90 Services that use Schedule H may only have a maximum of six fixed sites per call sign.

FCC 601, Schedule J - Technical Data Schedule for the Paging, Rural, Air-ground (General Aviation), and Offshore Radiotelephone
Services (Part 22)
It is recommended that Schedule D be completed prior to completing any required technical data schedules.
Note:

Some services have specific requirements and/or restrictions for some of the items on this schedule. Please refer to the
instructions of the appropriate technical data schedule for service specific response requirements and restrictions.

Schedule D Instructions
This schedule must be completed when any station location is to be added, modified, or deleted. Use as many copies of Schedule D as
necessary to provide information for all stations.
Adding a Fixed Station Location
If you are adding a new fixed station location, complete all required items for each fixed station location being added.
Note: If you are adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Control Station in the 470-512 MHz band, 72-76 MHz band or adding a 6.1 Meter (20
foot) Control Station that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for operations in regions North of Line ‘A’ or in Alaska
East of Line ‘C’, complete all required items for the control station as if adding a fixed station location. Enter location description
code as “FX” in Item 3.
Modifying a Fixed Station Location
If you are modifying a fixed station location, in addition to Items 1, 2, and 6 (provide the seven digit antenna structure registration number),
complete only the items that have changed for each fixed station location. If the modification is to delete existing data, enter CLR (clear) in
the appropriate field (manual filed forms only). If the modification involves technical data filed on one of accompanying FCC Technical
Data Service Schedules E, F, G, H, or J, or involves the relocation of a fixed station, then Items 26 and 27 (if applicable) must also be
completed. If modifying a fixed station location in the Broadband Radio Services or the Educational Broadband Services, also complete
items 23 & 28.
FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 1

Adding a Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, or 6.1 Meter Control Station Location
If you are adding a new mobile station, temporary fixed station, itinerant station, or 6.1 meter control station, complete all required items for
each station to be added.
Note: If you are adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Control Station in the 470-512 MHz band, 72-76 MHz band or adding a 6.1 Meter (20
foot) Control station that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for operations in regions North of Line ’A’ or in Alaska
East of Line ‘C’, complete all required items for the control station as if adding a fixed station location. Enter location description
code as “FX” in Item 3.
Modifying a Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, or 6.1 Meter Control Station Location
If you are modifying a station, in addition to Items 1, and 2, complete only the items that have changed for each station. If the modification
is to delete existing data, enter CLR (clear) in the appropriate field (manual filed forms only). If the modification involves technical data filed
on one of accompanying FCC Technical Data Service Schedules E, G, H, or J, or involves the relocation of a control station, then Items 26
and 27 (if applicable) must also be completed. If modifying a station in the Broadband Radio Services or the Educational Broadband
Services, complete items 23 & 28 also.
Deleting a Station Location
If you are deleting a station location, only Items 1, 2, 7 and 8 are required, if applicable. If a station location is deleted, the frequency,
emission, and all related technical data that is linked to that station location will automatically be deleted and will no longer be part of your
authorization. Therefore, it is not necessary to complete the complementary technical data service schedule to delete frequency and
emissions when a station location is deleted using this schedule. Station locations that are currently licensed under the call sign by the
FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested.
IMPORTANT ANTENNA STRUCTURE REGISTRATION INFORMATION: The Commission will evaluate your application for a fixed
location based on the Antenna Structure Registration number you provide (if required). If you mistype your Antenna Structure Registration
Number, or provide location data (latitude, longitude, elevation, and structure heights) that is inconsistent with the data found in the
Commission’s Antenna Structure Registration database, your application will be dismissed.
Inconsistent data is defined as follows:
1. Latitude and Longitude data provided on Schedule D differs from the data in the Antenna Structure Registration database by
more than 1 second; or
2. The height or elevation reported on Schedule D is more than 0.5 meters (1.5. feet) greater than the data in the Antenna
Structure Registration Database; or elevation is more than 3 meters (9.8 feet) less than the elevation listed in the Antenna
Structure Registration Database.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing locations,
antennas, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System
(ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current authorization if that
authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or control point number that
corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date information regarding your
authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on the
Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for assistance.
Item 1 This item must be completed. It indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the specified location. Enter ‘A’ for
Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
Item 2 This item must be completed. If the station location has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCCassigned location number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers. For a new station
location, assign a temporary code to represent the station location. The assigned code should begin with ‘L’ to indicate it is a location and
end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., L1, L2, L3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new station, which will appear
on the Authorization.
Item 3 Enter the appropriate location description for the specified location. Valid location description codes are listed below:
FX - Fixed
MO - Mobile
IT - Itinerant
TF - Temporary Fixed
6.1 - 6.1 Meter Control Station
Note: For ‘IQ’ radio service only, leave item 3 blank as the Location Description is not required.
Item 4 Does not apply if Item 3 equals FX. For Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, and 6.1 Meter Control Stations, enter the appropriate
area of operation code using the table that follows. Additional Schedule D fields must be completed according to the area of operation
code chosen. Refer to the table to determine which additional fields are required on Schedule D for the chosen area of operation code.
Only one area of operation code may be selected for each location.
FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 2

Note: If area of operation will cover multiple counties/boroughs/parishes, use area of operation code 'O' and in Item 24, specify all
applicable counties/boroughs/parishes in and the state(s) the counties/boroughs/parishes are located in.
Area of Operation Codes and Required Data Values
Code Description

Additional Schedule D Data Elements Required for each Area of Operation Code

Item Numbers

A KMRA* around a Fixed location
(option not available to Maritime or Aviation Services)

Fixed Location Number, Temporary Fixed or Mobile Radius

17, 18

P KMRA* around a Center point

Latitude, Longitude, City**, State, County/Borough/Parish**, Temporary Fixed or
Mobile Radius

7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 18

R Rectangular Area of Operation

Latitude, Longitude, Maximum Latitude, Maximum Longitude

7, 8, 21, 22

C County/Borough/Parish Wide Area of Operation

State, County/Borough/Parish

11, 12

S Statewide Area of Operation

State

11

O Other

Description (should include State)

24

X Land Mobile Control Station Meeting the 6.1 Meter Rule

State, County/Borough/Parish

11, 12

N Nationwide including Hawaii Alaska & US Territories
U Continental US

*Kilometers Radius
** Complete as applicable - refer to instructions for applicability.

Item 5 This item is optional. Enter a location name that describes the location (up to 20 characters maximum).
Item 6 This item is required for fixed locations if the action requested in Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If antenna structure registration is required,
enter the seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number (shown on the structure’s registration, FCC 854R). Otherwise, enter N/A
to indicate that FAA notification is not required.
Note:

Effective 7/1/96 the Commission requires owners to register certain structures. When required, antenna structures must
be registered using FCC 854. The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure information does not replace the
requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854.
For more information, see our web site at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna/, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or you may visit the web at
http://esupport.fcc.gov.

Note:

If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Antenna Structure Registration is not required because the structure is shielded
by existing structures or because it is fixed by its functional purpose, submit supporting documentation as an attachment
to your application.

Items 7 and 8 For fixed locations, if you entered ‘N/A’; in Item 6, you must enter the geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the
location. If you provided an Antenna Structure Registration Number in Item 6, then these items are optional (see Important Antenna
Structure Registration Information on page 2 of these instructions). For all other locations enter the geographic coordinates as specified in
the table in the instructions for Item 4:
If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates of the center point;
If ‘R’ was entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates of the southeast corner of the rectangular area or box. (See also
Items 21 and 22 for the Northwest corner)
Enter the latitude using the format DD-MM-SS, where the degrees (DD) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes (MM) can
range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be rounded to the nearest tenth of a second (in
which case, use the format DD-MM-SS.S). In the right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S for South.
Enter the longitude using the format DDD-MM-SS, where the degrees (DDD) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes
(MM) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be rounded to the nearest tenth of a
second (in which case, use the format DDD-MM-SS.S). In the right corner, specify the direction as either E for East or W for West.
All coordinates must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways,
including a GPS receiver, a 7.5-minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish
surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC 20242 or from its office
in Denver, Colorado 80225.
FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 3

Note: Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983
(NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island should be referenced
to the applicable local datums. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older datum (i.e.,
NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83.
Conversion routines are available through the internet at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html.
Items 9-12
Fixed Locations
If you answered ‘N/A’ in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, you must complete Items 9 through 12. If you provided an Antenna Registration
Number in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, you must complete Item 12, County/Borough/Parish name.
Item 9 This item must be completed for the Fixed Location. Enter a complete description of the location such as street number and
address or other geographic description such as direction and distance from a town or known landmark (i.e., RT 81, 5 km South of
Fairview). P. O. Box numbers or geographical coordinates are not acceptable for this item.
Item 10 This item must be completed with the City in which the station is located.
Item 11 This item must be completed with the State code in which the station is located. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions,
Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction and area codes.
Item 12 This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity in which the station is located unless any of the
following pertain to the Fixed Location:
a) The City entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD)
b) The State code entered in Item 11 does not have Counties/Boroughs/Parishes, enter the equivalent entity (i.e., Puerto Rico,
Virgin Islands)
c) The State code entered in Item 11 is GM, Gulf of Mexico
NOTE: If the nearest City, County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and State are located in a bordering
County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and/or State, enter a complete description of the location in Item 9 as
shown in the example. Complete Item 10 if a City, Town or Village within the station's County/Borough/Parish or
equivalent entity is nearby, and complete Items 11 and 12 with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and
State in which the coordinates are actually located.
Example:

9)
10)
11)
12)

(Street) Summit Mtn near Palo Verde, Imperial County, CA
(City) Palo Verde
(State) AZ
(County/Borough/Parish) La Paz

Area Locations
For area locations, respond to items 9-12 as specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4:
Item 9 This item is not applicable for area locations and should be left blank.
Item 10 If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the city or town name of the location in this item. This item is required only if Item 12 is blank.
Item 11 If ‘P’, ‘C’, ‘S’, or ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State of the location in this item (if ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State of
the primary control station). Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area
codes.
Item 12 If ‘C’, ‘P’ or ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity of the location in this item.
This item is always required for area of operation code ‘C’.
This item is required for area of operation code ‘P’ except when: (a) the City entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated
with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State entered in Item 11 is ‘GM’ (Gulf of Mexico).
This item is required for area of operation code ‘X’ for Radio Service Codes IK or YK utilizing frequencies below 470 MHz except when: (a)
the City entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State
entered in Item 11 is ‘GM’ (Gulf of Mexico).
Note: Items 13-16 only apply to Fixed Locations. If you answered ‘N/A’ in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, you must complete Items 13-16. If
FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 4

you provided an Antenna Registration Number in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, Items 13-16 are optional. (See Important Antenna Structure
Registration Information on Page 2 of Schedule D Instructions.)
Item 13 Enter the elevation above mean sea level (AMSL) of the ground at the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the
nearest tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these instructions. This information can be
determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or
county/borough/parish surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC
20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225.
Item 14 Enter the height above ground level to the highest point of the supporting structure only. Enter this item in meters, rounded to
the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna structure consists of a building/tower combination, include any elevator shaft, flag pole, or
penthouse in the overall support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna structure is a tower only,
include the height of the tower but not the antenna. Refer to letter ‘b’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these
Instructions.
Item 15 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to the highest point, including any appurtenances. Enter
this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, etc. Refer to letter ‘c’ in the
antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these instructions.
Item 16 Enter the code for the type of structure on which the antenna is or will be mounted from the following valid structure types:
Code
B
BANT
BMAST
BPIPE
BPOLE
BRIDG
BTWR
MAST
NNTANN*
NTOWER**
PIPE
POLE
RIG
SIGN
SILO
STACK
TANK
TOWER
TREE
UPOLE

Definition
Building with a side mounted antenna
Building with Antenna on Top
Building with Mast/Antenna on Top
Building with Pipe/Antenna on Top
Building with Pole/Antenna on Top
Bridge
Building with Tower/Antenna on Top
Self-Support Structure
Antenna Tower Array
Multiple Structures
Any Type of Pipe
Any Type of Pole, used only to mount an antenna
Oil or Other Type of Rig
Any Type of Sign or Billboard
Any Type of Silo
Smoke Stack
Any Type of Tank (Water, Gas, etc.)
A Free Standing or Guyed Structure Used for Communications Purposes
When Used as a Support for an Antenna
Utility Pole/Tower Used to Provide Service (Electric, Telephone, etc.)

* Valid Tower Arrays. Code definition: The first NN indicates the number of towers in an array. The second NN is optional and
indicates the position of that tower in the array (e.g., 3TA2 would identify the second tower in a three-tower array).
** Valid Multiple Structures. Code Definition: The N indicates the number of structures where multiple antenna structures are
present in a multiple structure (Ex.: 2TOWER, 3TANK, 6BANT, 7BMAST).
Item 17 If you entered Area of Operation code ‘A’ in Item 4, enter the location number of the corresponding fixed location.
Item 18 For Area of Operation codes ‘A’ or ‘P’, enter the radius of the area of operation. Enter in kilometers, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Refer to CFR 47 for limitations.
Item 19 Applicable to Aviation Services (Part 87) only. Enter the three or four character code assigned to the airport (if applicable).
Item 20 This item only applies when Item 3 equals FX and Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If Commission’s rules recognize Primary and Secondary
protection in conjunction with other fixed site facilities in the service, enter ‘P’ if you wish primary protection for the site or ‘S’ if you wish no
protection for the site. If Commission’s rules do not recognize Primary and Secondary protection in conjunction with other fixed site
facilities in the service, Item 20 can be left blank. Refer to the applicable Commission’s rules for your service for more information on
Primary and Secondary protection.
Items 21 and 22 These items must be completed for operations that are defined by a rectangular area or box coordinates (Area of
Operation code in Item 4 = ‘R’). Enter geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the northwest corner of the rectangular area of
box in Items 21 and 22. See Notes in Items 7 and 8 of these instructions for important information regarding coordinates.
FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 5

Item 23 Respond to this Item only if Item 3 is MO, TF, IT or 6.1. Does not apply when Item 3 equals FX. This item helps the FCC to
determine if it will initiate coordination procedures with the Government of Canada. If any part of the mobile location is in an area that
requires frequency coordination with Canada and you intend to operate in this area, enter ‘Y’. In the event the Applicant needs to submit
additional information regarding coordination of a channel assignment with the Government of Canada, this should be attached as an
exhibit, which references Schedule D Item 23. If ‘N’ is entered, the FCC will not initiate coordination procedures with the Government of
Canada and your area of operation will be excluded from these border areas. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions contains a list
of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas within the various coordination zones and a list of which coordination zones apply for various
frequency bands. (If the county/borough has an ‘X’ in the block then enter ‘Y’. If the county/borough doesn’t have an ‘X’ then enter ‘N’. If
the county/borough has an ‘X’ and a ‘P’, this indicates part of the county/borough requires frequency coordination with Canada, then enter
‘Y’ or ‘N’ depending on whether or not you intend on operating in the border area.)
NOTE: For ED and BR radio services, enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Canadian border area. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Item 24 If the response to Item 4 was ‘O’, enter a description of the area of operation. P.O. Box numbers or geographic coordinates are not
acceptable for Item 24. The use of 'Other' should only be used if the area of operation cannot be described by using codes A, P, R, C, S,
N, or U. Area of operation provided as 'Other' may delay processing of the application.
Item 25 This item is applicable only if you are applying for an area of operation in services other than Land Mobile (public or private),
Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile Radio, Broadband Radio Service, or Educational Broadband Service. Enter the number of units for each
type listed: Hand Held, Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Aircraft, and Itinerant. For paging systems (Part 22), provide the number of subscribers
(in mobiles) along with the number of temporary fixed transmitters.
Item 26 This item is required for compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C.
4321-4335. See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR 1.1301 - 1.1319). This item must be answered, either 'Y' or 'N'.
Enter 'Y' if an FCC grant of this application will have a significant environmental effect. Section 1.1307 of the FCC rules lists categories of
environmental effects for which Applicants must file an environment assessment. Other wise enter 'N'. Examples of facilities that may have
a significant effect on the environment include:
•
•
•
•
•

An antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity
aviation obstruction lighting
A facility located in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain
A facility that affects a site significant in American history
A facility whose construction involves extensive changes in surface features
Facilities, operations, or transmitters that would cause human exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation in excess of
the limits as detailed in § 1.1310 of the Commission's rules

Item 27a Applicants filing for a new or modified fixed station located in one of the Quiet Zone areas listed below must notify the proper
authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 27a.
Those applications who are proposing to modify other technical parameters (including, but not limited to frequency, power, antenna height,
etc.) of their system operations where the station is currently authorized to operate within the quiet zone area, must also notify the proper
authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 27a.
See Part 1, Subpart F of the FCC Rules (47 CFR 1.924)
Item 27b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical parameters specified in the
application, enter “Y” and include a copy of the consent as a Quiet Zone Consent attachment. If prior written consent has not been
obtained, enter “N”.
Quiet Zone areas:
1. National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, Pocohontas County, West Virginia. The quiet zone is located within
Virginia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees 29’
59.0” on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, and W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” on the west. Contact the Director,
National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P. O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV 24944.
2. Arecibo Observatory, Puerto Rico. The quiet zone consists of the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Culebra
islands. Contact the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office Box 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, or
electronically at [email protected].
Item 28 For ED and BR radio services, enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Mexican border area. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.

FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 6

Antenna Structure Figure
Examples

FCC 601 Schedule D – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 7

Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and/or
Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau
Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures

FCC 601
Schedule D

1) Action Requested: (

)

Add

3) Location Description:

Mod

Del

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

2) Location Number:

4) Area of Operation Code:

5) Location Name:

6) FCC Antenna Structure Registration # or N/A (FAA Notification not Required):

7) Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):
(

NAD83
) N or S

8) Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):

NAD83
) E or W

(

9) Street Address, Name of Landing Area, or Other Location Description:

10) City:

11) State:

12) County/Borough/Parish:

13) Elevation of Site AMSL (meters)
(‘a’ in antenna structure example):

14) Overall Ht AGL Without
Appurtenances (meters)
(‘b’ in antenna structure example):

15) Overall Ht AGL With
Appurtenances (meters)
(‘c’ in antenna structure example):

16) Support Structure Type:
17) Location Number:
(only for Area of
Operation Code ‘A’)

18) Radius (km):

21) Maximum Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):
Use for rectangle only (Northwest corner)

(

19) Airport Identifier:

NAD83
) N or S

20) Site Status:

22) Maximum Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):
Use for rectangle only (Northwest corner)

(

23) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Canada?

(

NAD83
) E or W

) Yes No

24) Description: (only for Area of Operation Code ‘O’)

25) Number of Units:

____Hand Held

____Mobile

____Temporary Fixed

___Aircraft

26) Would a Commission grant of Authorization for this location be an action which may have a significant
environmental effect? See Section 1.1307 of 47 CFR.
If ‘Yes’, submit an environmental assessment as required by 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.1311.

___Itinerant
(

) Yes No

27a) If the site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in Item 27b of the Instructions, provide the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the
proper Quiet Zone entity was notified: ____/____/____
27b) Has the Applicant obtained prior written consent from the proper Quiet Zone entity for the same technical parameters that are
specified in this application?
(
) Yes No
28) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Mexico?

(

) Yes No
FCC 601 – Schedule D
(Edition Date) – Page 1

FCC 601
Schedule E

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
For public burden estimate

Information and Instructions
Schedule for the
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
(Part 27)

Form FCC 601, Schedule E, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601Main Form. This schedule is used to add, modify, or delete geographic service area channels
and/or site-specific technical data. Site-specific technical data should be provided to fulfill international coordination requirements,
environmental assessment requirements or quiet zone requirements. You must have a valid geographic license (call sign) in the
Broadband Radio Service (BRS) or the Educational Broadband Radio Service (EBS) prior to filing site-based technical data.

Schedule E
Instructions

GEOGRAPHIC SERVICE AREA DATA
Major Economic Area Information
Item 1 Enter the Major Economic Area (MEA) Number for this filing. See 47 C.F.R. § 27.6.
Channel Plan/Channel Number Information
Item 2 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified channel plan and channel number. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’
for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
Item 3 Enter ‘O’ for old channel plan or ‘N’ for new channel plan. See 47 C.F.R. § 27.5.
Item 4 Enter the channel number based on the channel plan entered in item 3. See 47 C.F.R. § 27.5.
SUPPLEMENT 1
SITE-SPECIFIC TECHNICAL DATA
To fulfill international coordination requirements, environmental assessment requirements or quiet zone requirements, you must file technical
information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand/held mobile transmit location, or temporary fixed station
location using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule
D prior to completing Schedule E.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION and ANTENNA NUMBERS: To identify existing locations and antennas, you
must use the location and antenna numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical
to the location and antenna numbers on your current authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing
System. If you are unsure of the location and antenna number that corresponds to a particular location or antenna, you can query the
ULS for the most up-to-date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your
web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-3382824) for assistance.
ANTENNA INFORMATION
This section must be completed only when antenna information is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna,
complete Items 1-11 for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an existing antenna, in addition to Items 1, 2, and 3, complete
only the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an antenna, only Items 1, 2, and 3 are required. Antennas that
are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is
requested in this section.
FCC 601 Schedule E – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 1

Item 1 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for
Delete.
If the location has been
Item 2 For each location, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2.
previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see above Important Information
Regarding Location and Antenna Numbers). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to represent the location. Refer to the
instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 3 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see
above Important Information Regarding Location and Antenna Numbers). Otherwise, enter a temporary code to represent each
antenna. The temporary code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., A1,
A2 and A3). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be unique within each location. The FCC will
assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization and in the ULS database.
Note:

Location number (Item 2) and antenna number (Item 3) are used to associate information in the Antenna Information
Section with information in the Frequency Channel Information Section. To do this, enter the necessary technical
information into the Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna number. Then,
enter the necessary technical information in Frequency Channel Information Section for that antenna, using the same
location number/antenna number pair. Each antenna specified in the Frequency Channel Information Section must
have corresponding data in the Antenna Information Section.

Item 4 Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitting antenna.
Item 5 Enter the model number of the transmitting antenna.
Item 6 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the final radiating element. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest
tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. In all cases, the height should not exceed the overall
height of the structure with appurtenances.
Item 7 Enter the azimuth of the transmit antenna in degrees (rounded to one decimal place) clockwise from True North. For omni
directional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 8 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance
between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omni directional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 9 Indicate transmitter antenna polarization with the following codes:

E – Elliptical
F – 45 degrees
H – Horizontal
J – Linear
L – Left-hand circular
R – Right-hand circular
S – Horizontal and vertical
T – Right and left-hand circular
V – Vertical
X – Other (provide a description in an attachment)
For linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with
angles between 1 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles
between -1 and -89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction.
Item 10 Enter the gain of the transmitting antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place.
Item 11 Specify the amount of nonstandard transmitter antenna beam tilt of the transmitter, if any, accurate to the nearest 1/10th of a
degree; i.e., beam tilt in addition to that incorporated into the antenna design.
FREQUENCY INFORMATION
This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted for a specific location. If you are adding a
new frequency, complete all items in this section for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency (i.e., changing from
one operating frequency to a different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 15.
If you are modifying attributes of an existing frequency, in addition to Items 12 through 15, complete only the items that have changed
FCC 601 Schedule E – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 2

for the frequency. In order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 18), complete Items 12-15, specifying the appropriate location
number, antenna number, and frequency listing all active emission designators now associated with the specified location, antenna,
and frequency (complete as many rows as necessary, listing emission designators in Item 18). If you are deleting a frequency, only
Items 12 through 15 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on
the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. Enter frequency information for each antenna specified in
the Antenna Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the location number/antenna number combination for each
frequency.
Item 12 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 13 Enter the corresponding location number, as entered in Item 2 of the Antenna Information Section of this Schedule.
Item 14 Enter the corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 3 of the Antenna Information Section of this Schedule.
Items 15(a) and 15(b) Enter one frequency or one frequency band per line. Enter frequencies in MHz. The requested frequencies must
be available in the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in which you are seeking eligibility. Use a separate line for each
frequency or frequency band.
To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter the specific frequency in the column labeled ‘New” in item 15(a). If applying for a
frequency band, show the lower and upper frequencies in the box labeled “New” in items 15(a) and (b).
To modify a frequency or frequency band on an antenna at a location, enter the existing frequency in the column labeled ‘Existing’ and
enter the new frequency or frequency band in Items 15(a) and (b) labeled ‘New’.
To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, enter the existing frequency in the column labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the new
frequency in the column labeled ‘New’.
Item 16 Specify the associated visual carrier frequency offset, if any. Allowable offsets are "+" (plus), “-" (minus) and “0” (zero). Leave the
offset box empty if no frequency offset is proposed.
Item 17 Enter the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decimal place, radiated off the transmitting
antenna.
Item 18 Enter the transmitter emission designator, composed of its necessary bandwidth and emission type. (See Sections 2.201 and
2.202 for further information on emission and bandwidth designation.)
Item 19 For digital systems, digital modulation type is required.

FCC 601 Schedule E – Instructions
(Edition Date) – Page 3

FCC 601

Schedule E

Schedule for the
Approved by OMB
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
3060 - 0798
(Part 27)
See 601 Main Form Instructions
For public burden estimate

GEOGRAPHIC SERVICE AREA DATA
Major Economic Area (MEA) Information
1)MEA Number(s)

Channel Plan/Channel Number Information
2)Action (A/M/D)
3)Channel Plan
(Old or New)

4)Channel Number

FCC 601 Schedule E
(Edition Date) – Page 1

FCC 601

Schedule for the
Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service
(Part 27)

Schedule E

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Supplement 1

For public burden estimate

SITE-SPECIFIC TECHNICAL DATA
Antenna Information
1)
Action
(A/M/D)

2)
Location
Number

3)
Antenna
Number

4)
Transmitter
Antenna
Manufacturer

5)
Transmitter
Antenna
Model
Number

6)
Transmitter
Antenna
Center Line
(meters- AGL)

7)
Transmitter
Antenna
Azimuth
(degrees)

8)
Transmitter
Antenna
Beamwidth
(degrees)

9)
Transmitter
Antenna
Polarization

10)
Transmitter
Antenna
Gain (dBi)

11)
Transmitter
Antenna
BeamTilt
(degrees)

Frequency Information
12)
Action
(A/M/D)

13)
Location
Number

14)
Antenna
Number

15a)
Lower or Center
Frequency (MHz)

15b)
Upper
Frequency
(MHz)

16)
Offset

17)
EIRP
(dBm)

18)
Emission
Designators

19)

Digital Modulation
Type

Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New

FCC 601 Schedule E
(Edition Date) – Page 2

FCC 601
Schedule F

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Technical Data Schedule for the Cellular and
Air-ground (Commercial Aviation)
Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)
Form FCC 601, Schedule F, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for an authorization to operate a radio station, amend
a pending application, or modify an existing license in the Cellular Radiotelephone and Commercial Air-ground Radiotelephone
Services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction winners that must file site-specific technical data for international coordination
or for an environmental assessment of a particular site. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
You must file technical information for each location and antenna structure using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations
and Antenna Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule F.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing
locations, antennas, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal
Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current
authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or
control point number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date
information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.

Schedule F
Instructions
Cellular Unserved Area Information
Item 1 If this is a New or Modification application for Cellular Radiotelephone Services, indicate whether the application is for a Phase I
Cellular unserved area or a Phase II Cellular unserved area, as defined by 47 CFR Section 22.949. If the application is for a Phase I
Cellular unserved area, complete Items 2 through 5 as applicable (one row only). If the application is for a Phase II Cellular unserved
area, complete Items 2 through 5, as many rows as applicable. If this application is for a new license won in an FCC auction, do not file
FCC 601 Schedule F. Instead, file Form FCC 601 Schedule B along with the FCC 601 Main Form.
Item 2 Enter the market(s) of the unserved area. If this application is for a Phase I cellular unserved area, list the market in which the
unserved area is located. If this application is for Phase II Cellular unserved areas, list the markets contained within the proposed
Service Area Boundaries. Market designators are listed in the FCC Public Notices. Only one Cellular Geographic Service Area
(CGSA) may be listed on an application.
Item 3 Enter the market name of the market designator listed in Item 2.
Item 4 Enter the sub-market designator only if the market has been subdivided. Sub-market designators are listed in the FCC Public
Notices.
Item 5 Enter the applicable channel block, either 'A' or 'B'.

FCC 601 Schedule F – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Control Points
This section must be completed only when a control point is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new control point,
complete all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Items 6
and 7, complete only the items that have changed for each control point. If you are deleting a control point, only Items 9 and 10 are
required. Control Points that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is,
unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 6 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or
‘D’ for Delete.
Item 7 If the control point has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCC-assigned control point number
(see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new
control point, assign a temporary code to represent the control point. The assigned code should begin with C to indicate it is a control
point and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., C1, C2, C3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new control
point, which will appear on the Authorization.
Item 8 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control point. Refer to FCC
601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations.
Item 9 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for operation of the station or system could be
reached.
Commercial Aviation Air-ground Technical Parameters (Antenna Data)
This section must be completed by Commercial Air-ground Applicants when antennas are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are
adding new antennas, complete all items in this section for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an existing antenna, in
addition to Items 10, 12, and 13, complete only the items that have changed for each antenna. If you are deleting antennas, only Items
10, 12, and 13 are required. Technical parameters currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the
Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 10 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 11 Enter the channel block of the requested ground station (1-10). Refer to the Commission’s rules for Commercial Aviation Airground Radiotelephone Services for more information on channel blocks and their assigned frequencies.
Item 12 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has
been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see Important Information
Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on
Schedule D to represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 13 If the antenna has been previously licensed with the Commission, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see Important
Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a temporary
code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to
uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2, A3, etc.). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be unique within
each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization.
Item 14 This item reports the actual height at which the antenna is mounted. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 15 This item reports the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) of the facility in any direction on the specified channel. The
value must be stated in watts.
Cellular Radial Data
This section must be completed by cellular Applicants when adding a new location, modifying the radial data for an existing location, or
amending the radial data proposed in a pending application. If you are adding a new location, complete all items in this section. If you
are modifying existing radial data or amending a pending application, complete Items 16, 17, 18, and only those items that you are
proposing to change. Radial data currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as
is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.

FCC 601 Schedule F – Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Applicants must propose one set of radial data for each antenna used at a location. If a sectorized antenna system (i.e. multiple
antennas) is to be used, you may submit separate radial data for each of the antenna sectors, or alternatively submit one set of radial
data representing the composite antenna pattern for the sector antennas. If separate antenna systems are used for the control
channels and voice channels, submit the radial data for the antenna system that establishes the largest service area boundary (SAB).
Item 16 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the radial data of the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’
for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
Item 17 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has
been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see Important Information
Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on
Schedule D to represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 18 If the antenna has been previously licensed with the Commission, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see Important
Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a temporary
code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to
uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2, A3, etc.). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be unique within
each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization. Sectorized antenna
systems represented with a composite antenna pattern and single set of radial data should be reported as a single antenna.
Item 19 If this location contributes to the CGSA, and you are requesting that the CGSA boundary be determined using an alternative
method, enter ‘Y’. Otherwise enter ‘N’. If you respond ‘Y’ to this item, you must attach an exhibit explaining the circumstances
Item 20 This item reports the height of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain elevation (AAT) along each of the eight
cardinal radials. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 21 This item reports, in watts, the effective radiated power (ERP) along each of the eight cardinal radial directions.
Item 22 This item reports the distance to the Cellular Geographic Service Area (CGSA) produced from the specified antenna. This item
should only be reported for those radials that establish the CGSA boundary. Therefore, some azimuths may not have entries. Enter
this item in kilometers rounded to the nearest tenth.
Certification
By signing the FCC 601 Main Form, Cellular Applicants certify compliance with this item and 47 CFR § 22.913.

FCC 601 Schedule F - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

FCC 601

Schedule F

Technical Data Schedule for the
Cellular and Air-ground (Commercial Aviation)
Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Cellular Unserved Area Information
(
1) Identify whether this is a New or Modification application for a Phase I unserved area or a Phase II unserved area as
defined by 47 CFR Section 22.949(a). If so, complete Items 2 through 5, as applicable.
(
2)
3)
4)
Market Designator
Market Name
Sub-Market Designator

)Phase I
)Phase II
5)
Channel Block

Control Points
6)
Action
A/M/D

7)
Control Point
Number

8)
Location
Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State

9)
Telephone
Number

FCC 601 - Schedule F
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Commercial Air-ground Technical Parameters (Antenna Data)
10)
Action
A/M/D

11)
Channel Block

12)
Location
Number

13)
Antenna
Number

14)
Height to Tip of Antenna AGL
(meters)

15)
Maximum ERP
(watts)

FCC 601 - Schedule F
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Cellular Radial Data
16) Action: (

)

Add

Modify

Delete

17) Location Number:

19) If this location contributes to the CGSA, are you requesting that the CGSA boundary be determined
using an alternative method? If ‘Yes’, attach an exhibit explaining circumstances.
Azimuth
20)
21)
(degrees from true
Antenna Height AAT
Transmitting ERP
north)
(meters)
(watts)
0

(

)Yes No

22)
Distance to CGSA (kilometers)

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

16) Action: (

)

Add

Modify

Delete

17) Location Number:

19) If this location contributes to the CGSA, are you requesting that the CGSA boundary be determined
using an alternative method? If ‘Yes’, attach an exhibit explaining circumstances.
Azimuth
20)
21)
(degrees from true
Antenna Height AAT
Transmitting ERP
north)
(meters)
(watts)
0

18) Antenna Number:

18) Antenna Number:
(

)Yes No

22)
Distance to CGSA (kilometers)

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

I certify that (1) the maximum ERP for the proposed cellular base or repeater station will never exceed 500 Watts and (2) if the distance to the SAB as
calculated in accordance with 47 CFR § 22.911 exceeds 79.1 km (45 miles) [Gulf of Mexico MSA] or 40.2 km (25 miles) [all other cellular markets], I
have coordinated such use with the Licensees of all affected cellular systems on the same channel block within 121 km (75 miles) and concurrence
has been obtained from each Licensee.
FCC 601 - Schedule F
(Edition Date) - Page 3

FCC 601
Schedule G

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Technical Data Schedule for the
Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87)
Form FCC 601, Schedule G, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for an authorization to operate a land station in the
Maritime Service or a ground station in the Aviation Service, as defined in 47 CFR, Part 80 or Part 87, respectively. It is also used to
amend a pending application or modify an existing license in these services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction winners that
must file site-specific technical data for international coordination or for an environmental assessment of a particular site. The FCC 601
Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
You must file technical information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand held/mobile transmit
location, temporary fixed station location, or itinerant station, using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna
Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule G.
The following instructions apply when filing Schedule D in tandem with this schedule:
Maritime coast and aviation ground stations may not submit an application that includes both fixed and mobile locations in the same
application package (one application package being an FCC 601 Main Form and any associated schedules). Separate application
packages must be submitted for fixed and mobile operations.
Schedule D Item 17 This item does not apply to Maritime Coast and Aviation Ground stations.
Schedule D Item 25 Each mobile location can contain only one occurrence of a unit type. For example, if a number of units are entered
for ‘Hand Held’, then all other unit types should be blank. ‘Hand Held’, ‘Mobile’, and ‘Temporary Fixed’ unit types are applicable to any
Maritime and Aviation service. ‘Aircraft’ and ‘Itinerant’ choices are only applicable to flight test stations.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing
locations, antennas, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal
Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current
authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or
control point number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date
information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.

FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Schedule G
Instructions
Station Class
Item 1 Enter the appropriate station class code from one of the following tables. There are separate tables for Maritime Service and
Aviation Service Stations.
For Maritime Service, select the station class code from the following table:
MC Service
Marine Utility………………………………………………………….FCU
Maritime Receiver Test……………………………………………...MRT
Maritime Support-Testing and Training……………………………FCA
Private Coast…………………………………………………………FCL
Public Coast…………………………………………………………..FC
Shore Radar Test …………………………………………………….MSC
Shore Radiolocation Test……………………………………………RLC
MK Service
Alaska Private ............................................................................ APX
Alaska Public.............................................................................. APC
MR Service
Shore Radionavigation............................................................... MSR
Shore Radionavigation/RACON ................................................. RLR
MA Service
Marine Operational Fixed........................................................... MFX
Note: Where appropriate, follow each code with 1 for Hand Held/Mobile operations or 2 for Temporary operations.
For Aviation Service, select the station class code from the following tables:
AF Service
Aeronautical Advisory ............................................................... (Unicom) FAA
Aeronautical Enroute.................................................................. FA
Aeronautical Fixed ..................................................................... AX
Aeronautical Multicom................................................................ MFL
Aircraft (Flight Test Stations only) .............................................. FMA (must be followed by 1 for mobile operations)
Airport Control Tower ................................................................. FAC
Automatic Weather Observation ................................................ FAB
Aviation Support Instructional .................................................... FAS
Aviation Support Service............................................................ FLU
Flight Information Services......................................................... FIS
Flight Information Services with Hand Held/Mobile Operations . FIS1
Flight Information Services for Temporary Operations............... FIS2
Flight Test .................................................................................. FAT
Remote Communications Outlet ................................................ RCO
Ground Communications Outlet ................................................. GCO
Ramp Control ............................................................................. RPC
AA Service
Aeronautical Search and Rescue............................................... SAR
Aeronautical Utility Mobile.......................................................... MOU
Operational Fixed....................................................................... AOX
AR Service
Aeronautical Marker Beacon ...................................................... RLA
Aeronautical Radio Beacon........................................................ RLB
Differential Global Positioning System (GPS) ............................ DGP
ELT Test .................................................................................... ELT
Glide Path (Slope)...................................................................... RLG
Localizer..................................................................................... RLL
Omnidirectional Radio Range .................................................... RLO
Radar/Radar Test....................................................................... RLD
Radionavigation Land ................................................................ RNV
Radionavigation Land Test ........................................................ RLT
FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Note:

Where appropriate, follow each code with 1 for Mobile operations, 2 for Temporary operations, or (for flight test
stations only) 3 for Itinerant operations.

Item 2 This item must be answered ‘Y’ for the following station classes:
Aeronautical Advisory
Aeronautical Enroute/Fixed
Airport Control Tower Stations, Remote Communications Outlet, and Ground Communications Outlets
For all other station classes, leave this item blank.
Item 3 This item must be answered by all Applicants for public coast and Alaska public fixed stations. Otherwise, leave this item blank.
Item 4 This item must be answered by Applicants for Aeronautical Radionavigation stations (AR Service, if applicable). Provide the
FAA assigned station identifier of the Aeronautical Radionavigation station, if known.
Item 5 This item must be answered by all Applicants for Aeronautical Fixed stations (station class code = ‘AX’). Provide the call sign of
the Aeronautical Enroute station that is associated with the Aeronautical Fixed station for which you are applying. If the Aeronautical
Enroute station application has not yet been granted, enter “P” in this item.
Control Points
This section must be completed only when a control point is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new control point,
complete all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Items 6
and 7, complete only the items that have changed for each control point. If you are deleting a control point, only Items 6 and 7 are
required. Control points that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is,
unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 6 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or
‘D’ for Delete.
Item 7 Enter the FCC-assigned control point number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point
Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new control point, assign a temporary code to represent the control point. The
assigned code should begin with C to indicate it as a control point and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., C1, C2, C3, etc.).
The FCC will assign an official number to the control point, which will appear on the Authorization.
Item 8 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control point. Refer to FCC
601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations.
Item 9 Enter the telephone number (including area code) where a person responsible for operation of the station or systems could be
reached.
Antenna Information
This section must be completed only when antennas are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna, complete
all items for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an existing antenna, in addition to Items 10, 11, and 12, complete only the
items for the antenna that have changed. If you are deleting an antenna, only Items 10, 11, and 12 are required. Antennas that are
currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is
requested in this section.
Item 10 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 11 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been
previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding
Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to
represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 12 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see
Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a
temporary code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a
number to uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2, A3, etc.) A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be
unique within each location. The FCC will assign the new antenna an official number, which will appear on the Authorization. If using
hand held transmitters, consider all hand held transmitters at a given location to be one antenna.
FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Note: Location number (Item 11) and antenna number (Item 12) are used to associate information in the Antenna Information
Section with information in the Frequency Information Section. To do this, enter the necessary information into the
Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna number. Then, enter the necessary
information in the Frequency Information Section for that antenna, using the same location number/antenna number
pair. Each antenna specified must have corresponding frequency information.
Item 13 Enter the ratio (decibels) of the power required at the input of a loss-free reference antenna to the power supplied to the input
of the given antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power-flux density at the same distance. This
information should be available from the specification sheet included with the antenna at the time of purchase.
Item 14 Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna main lobe measured clockwise with respect to True North in
degrees, or enter ‘360' to indicate that the transmitting antenna is omni-directional.
Item 15 Enter the actual height from the ground to the tip of the antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 16 Enter the approximate attenuation, including any padding, to the nearest tenth of a dB, between the point at which the power
output of the transmitter is measured for type-acceptance/notification approval and the input to the antenna. If this value is less than 1
dB, leave this item blank. For power splits, the power reduction for a particular path will be considered the loss.
Item 17 Enter the Half Power Beamwidth (Aeronautical Enroute HF and Public Coast HF stations only).
Item 18 Enter the Receive Zone (Aeronautical Enroute HF and Public Coast HF stations only).
Frequency Information
This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new frequencies,
complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency (i.e., changing from one operating frequency to a
different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 22. If you are modifying existing
attributes of frequencies, complete all items for each frequency to be modified. In order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 26),
complete Items 19 - 22, specifying the appropriate location number, antenna number, and frequency, and list all active emission
designators now associated with the specified location, antenna, and frequency (complete as many rows as necessary, listing emission
designators in Item 26). If you are deleting frequencies, only Items 19 through 22 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed
under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Note: If station class FAC (for Airport Control Tower) was entered in Item 1, complete Items 19, 20, 21, 22b, 22c, 23, 24, and
26 on page 4 of this schedule. All station classes except FAC complete Items 19, 20, 21, 22a, 23, 24, 25, and 26 on
page 3 of this schedule. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the location number/antenna number combination for each
frequency. For example:
Location

Antenna

F1

A1

F1

A1

F1

A2

Frequency

Location

Antenna

Frequency (MHz)

XXXXX.XXXX

F1

A2

BBBBB.BBBB

YYYYY.YYYY

F2

A1

CCCCC.CCCC

AAAAA.AAAA

F2

A1

DDDDD.DDDD

Item 19 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 20 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered in Item 11 of the Antenna Information Section
of this schedule.
Item 21 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 12 of the Antenna Information Section of this
schedule.
Item 22a (All station classes except Airport Control Tower/FAC) To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter the specific
frequencies in Megahertz (MHz) in the row labeled ‘New’ of the column labeled ‘Lower’ for each location and antenna on which the
frequency is to be located. The requested frequencies must be available in the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in
which you are seeking eligibility. If applying for a single-sideband frequency, show carrier frequency only. If applying for a frequency
band, show the lower and upper frequencies in the row labeled ‘New’ of appropriate columns for each location and antenna on which
the frequency is to be located. Use a separate line for each frequency or frequency band. For Aviation Ground Radionavigation
(Navaids), Automatic Weather Observation/Automatic Surface Observation, Remote Communication Outlet, Ground Communications
Outlet, or Ramp Control stations: if frequency is not known, you may leave Item 22a blank. Items 23, 24, and 26 must be completed.

FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

If multiple frequencies are being added to one location, complete as many lines as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20
and the antenna number in Item 21 for each frequency added. A separate line needs to be completed for each frequency if there are
multiple emissions, multiple antenna tips, etc. To do this, complete as many lines for each frequency as necessary, repeating the
location number in Item 20, the antenna number in Item 21, the frequency in the column labeled ‘New” of Item 22a, and the remaining
technical information for each frequency line, as appropriate.
To modify a frequency or frequency band on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 19-21 and enter the existing frequency
or frequency band in the frequency row of Item 22a labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the new frequency or frequency band in the frequency
row of Item 22a labeled ‘New’.
Item 22b (Station Class Airport Control Tower/FAC only) To add frequencies on an antenna at a location; enter the specific
frequencies in Megahertz (MHz), if known in the column labeled ‘New” of Item 22b. The requested frequencies must be available in the
Commission’s rules governing the radio service in which you are seeking eligibility. Use a separate line for each frequency.
If multiple frequencies are being added to one location, complete as many lines as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20
and the antenna number in Item 21 for each frequency added. A separate line needs to be completed for each frequency if there are
multiple emissions, multiple antenna tips, etc. To do this, complete as many lines as for each frequency as necessary, repeating the
location number in Item 20, the antenna number in Item 21, the frequency in the column labeled ‘New’ of Item 22b, and the remaining
technical information for each frequency line, as appropriate.
To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 19-21 and enter the existing frequency in the column of
Item 22b labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the new frequency in the frequency column of Item 22b labeled ‘New’.
Item 22c (Station Class FAC only) Enter one of the following frequency type codes for each requested frequency:
L
G
E
O

Local Control
Ground Control
Emergency (121.5 MHz) - List this frequency only if you wish to transmit on the frequency 121.5 MHz. Do
not list the frequency if you intend to monitor only. If you wish to be exempt from the monitoring
requirement, you must submit your exemption request as an attachment to this form.
Other - Use this code for ATIS (Automatic Terminal Information Service) and any other frequency not
defined above.

If a Local Control, Ground Control, or Other frequency has not yet been reserved by FAA, you may leave Item 22b blank. However,
you must complete a line for each requested frequency (Items 19, 20, 21, 22c, 23, 24, 25, 26).
Item 23 Enter the maximum transmitter output power in watts.
Item 24 Enter the Proposed Hours of Operation (Public Coast, Public Fixed, and Airport Control Tower stations only). The format of
proposed hours of operation is hhmm – hhmm (“hh” is the number of complete hours which have passed since midnight (00 to 24) and
“mm” is the number of complete minutes that have passed since the start of the hour (00 to 59)). (i.e., from 9:00am through 5:00pm
would be 0900 – 1700)
Item 25 Enter the Operational Altitude (Aeronautical Enroute VHF stations only).
Item 26 Enter the emission designator for each station. The new ITU (International Telecommunications Union) emission designators
may be used in place of the old designators. The following are samples of the corresponding new ITU designators for the most
commonly used emission designators.
Note:

These are samples only and do not necessarily represent an emission for which you should apply.

Frequency modulated (FM) voice
Frequency modulated (FM) voice
Frequency modulated digitized voice
Frequency modulated digitized non-voice
Amplitude modulated single sideband voice
Amplitude modulated (AM) voice

Old
16F3
13.6F3
20F3Y
20F9Y
2.8A3J
6A3

New
16K0F3E
13K6F3E
20K0F1E
20K0F1D
2K80J3E
6K00A3E

FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

FAA Coordination Information
Item 27 This item must be completed if the filer has specified any of the following station classes in Item 1 and is requesting a new or
modified station license:
Aviation Support (121.950 MHz only)
Airport Control Tower
Radionavigation Land (all Navigational Aids)
Radionavigation Land Test (RLT)
AWOS/ASOS (Automatic Weather Observation/Automatic Surface Observation)
Remote Communications Outlet
Ground Communications Outlet
Ramp Control
Enter the FAA regional office to where the notification was sent and the date that the FAA was notified. The Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) must be notified that this application in is being submitted. Notification to the FAA must be made prior to filing of
this application. Applications submitted without the required FAA notification will be returned to the Applicant without action.
Certifications
Indicate the certifications that pertain to the type of station for which this application is being filed. By signing the Main Form filed in
conjunction with this schedule, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed in this section are true, complete, correct, and made in
good faith.
International Registration Information
As a signatory party to international treaty agreements, the FCC performs certain actions regarding the use of radio. The technical
details of your station parameters may be reported to the International Telecommunications Union, Geneva, Switzerland, and to
countries that border on or in close proximity to the United States. This information along with data reported by other nations will be
used to protect reported stations and aid in resolution of interference disputes between Licensees in different countries.
Certain marine coast stations, because of their geographic location, would be best protected by provision of additional information.
Specifically, this includes any proposed station which is located in the region north of Line ‘A’, or in the State of Alaska east of Line ‘C’.
Refer to the Commission’s rules for a detailed explanation of Lines A and C. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions contains a
list of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas North of Line A and East of Line C.
Unless advised to the contrary, the FCC will make certain assumptions which reflect the typical fixed or temporary fixed VHF marine
coast station. Carefully review the list below with respect to your particular situation. If you believe that these assumptions would leave
your station insufficiently protected, provide the actual station parameters in Schedule G, Items 32 through 35, using Items 28 through
31 to identify the locations, antennas, and frequencies. If you do not provide the actual data and an interference problem arises
involving another country’s station, your station will be protected only to the limit of the FCC’s assumptions.
The following station parameters will be assumed unless otherwise stated:
Item 32 Antenna Azimuth of Main Lobe. The FCC will report each fixed or temporary fixed VHF marine coast station as having an
omnidirectional (360) azimuth.
Item 33 Beamwidth. Where an omnidirectional antenna is assumed, beamwidth has no relevance, and therefore, no assumed value
will be used.
Item 34 Antenna Polarization. All stations will be reported as having antennas with vertical polarization.
Item 35 Antenna Gain. The antenna gain for all fixed and temporary fixed VHF marine coast stations will be assumed to be 6 dB.

FCC 601 Schedule G - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 6

FCC 601
Schedule G

Technical Data Schedule for the
Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87)

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

1) Station Class:
2) For Ground only, will the service of the station be available to any aircraft desiring to use it?

(

)Yes No

3) For Coast only, will this station be open to Public Correspondence?

(

)Yes No

4) For Aeronautical Radionavigation stations only, provide the Station Identifier (if you have one):
5) For Aeronautical Fixed stations only, provide the call sign of the associated Aeronautical Enroute Station:

Control Point(s) (Other than at the transmitter)
6)
Action
A/M/D

7)
Control Point
Number

8)
Location
Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State

9)
Telephone
Number

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Antenna Information
10)
Action
A/M/D

11)
Location
Number

12)
Antenna
Number

13)
Antenna
Gain
(dBi)

14)
Azimuth of Major Lobe
o
East of True North
(if directional antenna
used)

15)
Antenna Ht
to Tip
(meters)

16)
Transmission
Line Loss

17)
Half Power
Beamwidth
(degrees)

18)
Receive
Zone

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Frequency Information
A) All Station Classes complete except: Airport Control Tower/FAC (See Frequency Information part B).
19)
Action
A/M/D

20)
Location
Number

21)
Antenna
Number

22a) Frequency (MHz)
Lower

Upper (if band)

23)
Maximum Power
Output (watts)

24)
Proposed Hours
of Operation

25)
Operational
Altitude

26)
Emission
Designator

Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New
Existing (if mod)
New

FAA Coordination Information
27) Applicants for a new or modified Aviation Support (121.950 MHz), Control Tower, RCO, Radionavigation Land, Radionavigation Land Test, or
AWOS/ASOS must provide the following information:
FAA Regional Office Notified: ____________________________________________Date Notified: _____________________________________

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 3

B) Complete only if requested frequencies are for Airport Control Tower/FAC Station Class
19)
Action
A/M/D

20)
Location
Number

21)
Antenna
Number

22b)
Frequency (MHz)
Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

22c)
Frequency
Type
L/G/E/O

23)
Maximum Power
Output
(watts)

24)
Proposed Hours
of Operation

26)
Emission
Designator

FAA Coordination Information
27) Applicants for a new or modified Aviation Support (121.950 MHz), Control Tower, RCO, Radionavigation Land, Radionavigation Land Test, or
AWOS/ASOS must provide the following information:
FAA Regional Office Notified: ____________________________________________Date Notified: _____________________________________

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 4

International Registration Information - Additional Technical Information
28)
Action
A/M/D

29)
Location
Number

30)
Antenna
Number

31)
Frequency (MHz)

32)
Azimuth
(degrees)

33)
Beamwidth
(degrees)

34)
Polarization

35)
Gain
(dBi)

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 5

Certifications
Private Coast station and Marine Utility station certification. Check all that apply.
I certify that I am:
(

)

(

)

(

)

(
(

)
)

Seeking authorization in an area having a recognized frequency coordinating committee (Southern California Marine Radio Council, North Pacific Marine Radio
Council) and the committee has endorsed the use of the frequency(ies) and location(s) requested.
Regularly engaged in the operation, docking, direction, construction, repair, servicing or management of one or more commercial transport vessels or U.S.,
state or local government vessels; or, responsible for the operation, control, maintenance, or development of a harbor, port, or waterway used by commercial
transport vessels; or responsible for the operation of bridges, structures, or other installations that are part of, or directly related to, a harbor, port, or waterway
when the operation of such facilities requires radio communications with vessels for safety or navigation.
Engaged in furnishing a ship arrival and departure service; or, a corporation furnishing a nonprofit radio communication service to its parent corporation, a
subsidiary of the parent, or its own subsidiary, where the party to be served is eligible for a private coast or marine utility station license; or, a nonprofit
corporation or association organized to furnish a maritime mobile service solely to persons who operate one or more commercial transport vessels.
A person controlling public mooring facilities; or, a yacht club with moorage facilities.
A person servicing or supplying vessels other than commercial transport vessels; or, a nonprofit organization providing noncommercial communications to
vessels other than commercial transport vessels.

Operational Fixed station certification.
I certify that I am the Licensee of a coast or ground station and no other suitable telecommunications facilities are available to satisfy coast or ground station
( )
requirements.

Maritime Support station certification.
)
I certify that I intend to use this authorization to train personnel associated with the maritime service, or to test, demonstrate, or maintain ship or coast radio
(
equipment.

Aeronautical Fixed station certification.
I certify that I am the Licensee of an associated aeronautical enroute station and that adequate land line facilities are not available to fulfill this communications
( )
need.

Aeronautical Advisory station (Unicom) certification.
(

)

I certify that the station will be located on the property of the airport to be served and, in cases where the airport does not have a control tower, RCO, or FAA
flight service station, that I have notified the owner of the airport and all aviation service organizations located at the airport within ten days prior to application.

Aeronautical Search and Rescue station certification.
(

)

I certify that I am a governmental entity or private organization chartered to perform aeronautical search and rescue functions.

Flight Test station certification. Check all that apply.
I certify that I am:
Applying for UHF frequencies and request use of them in support of a contract with the U.S. Government.
( )
(
(
(

)
)
)

A manufacturer of aircraft or major aircraft components.
A parent corporation or its subsidiary if either corporation is a manufacturer of aircraft or major aircraft components.
An educational institution or person primarily engaged in the design, development, modification, and flight test evaluation of aircraft or major aircraft
components.

Aviation support station certification. Check all that apply.
I certify that I am:
(
(
(
(

)
)
)
)

The operator of a flight school.
An operator of lighter than air aircraft.
Engaged in soaring or free ballooning.
The operator of an airport or aviation service organization located on an airport.

Radiodetermination station certification. Check all that apply.
(
(
(
(

)
)
)
)

The FAA is not prepared to render the service for which I am applying.
I am engaged in the development, manufacture, or maintenance of aircraft radionavigation equipment.
I intend to establish the proposed facility at an airport for the use of the public.
I am engaged in the testing, manufacture, or design of ELTs or I train personnel in the operation and location of ELTs.

Civil Air Patrol station certification.
(

)

I certify that I represent Wings or the Headquarters of the Civil Air Patrol.

Aeronautical Enroute/122.825 or 122.875 MHz Certification.
(

)

I certify that this station will provide communications only to aircraft with a maximum capacity of up to 56 passengers or carrying up to 18,000 lbs. of cargo.

Aeronautical Utility Mobile certification. Check all that apply.
(
(

)
)

(

)

I certify that I have a need to routinely operate a ground vehicle on the airport movement area.
I certify that I am the airport owner or operator, or a state of local governmental agency; or I have obtained permission from the airport owner/operator to
operate a vehicle on the airport movement area.
I certify that I have obtained an agreement from the Air Traffic Manager of the airport control tower that approves the requested use of the local control (tower)
or RCO frequency.

FCC 601 Schedule G
(Edition Date) - Page 6

FCC 601
Schedule H

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Technical Data Schedule for the
Private Land Mobile and Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services
(Parts 90 and 74)
Form FCC 601, Schedule H, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for an authorization to operate a radio station in the
Private Land Mobile and Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services, as defined in 47 CFR, Parts 90 and 74. It is also used to
amend a pending application or modify an existing license in these services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction winners that
must file site-specific technical data for international coordination or for an environmental assessment of a particular site. The FCC 601
Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
You must file technical information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand held/mobile transmit
location, temporary fixed station location, itinerant station, or 6.1 meter control station location using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule
for Station Locations and Antenna Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule H.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing
locations, antennas, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal
Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current
authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or
control point number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date
information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.

Schedule H
Instructions
Eligibility
Item 1 Enter the number and paragraph of the FCC Rule Section that describes the eligibility for the radio service you specified in Item
1 of the FCC 601 Main Form.
Item 2 Provide a statement that clearly indicates your qualifications for the chosen service. This statement should include:
(1) A general description of your business or activity;
(2) A description of how the radio will be employed in this activity;
(3) Any other information you believe will aid in a determination of your eligibility for the service requested.
Frequency Coordinator Information
Items 3-6 These items will be completed by the appropriate certified frequency coordinators for those Applicants who are required to
comply with the frequency coordination requirements. Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants who have notified their local frequency
coordination committee should enter the name of the frequency coordinator, telephone number, including area code, of the person
contacted, and date coordinated (Item 3 may be left blank).
Item 7 Enter ‘Y’ if this application has been successfully coordinated. Otherwise enter ‘No’.

FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Extended Implementation (Slow Growth)
Item 8 If you are applying for an extended implementation period in which to construct and place a system in operation or requesting a
modification to an existing extended implementation schedule, enter ‘Y’. Otherwise enter ‘N’. If you answer ‘Y’ to this question, you
must submit an exhibit containing a justification for the extended implementation and a detailed implementation plan. Check applicable
FCC rules for eligibility for extended implementation plans (e.g., 47 CFR §§ 90.155(b) and 90.629).
Note:

To modify an authorization with a regular construction period to one with an extended implementation period, you
should file FCC 601 Main Form with the purpose of MD - Modification and, enter ‘Y’ for Item 8 of FCC 601 Schedule
H, and attach supporting documentation. Do not file FCC 601 Schedule L - Waiver Request for Extension of Time for
Wireless Services and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Services to request an extended implementation
period.

Associated Call Signs
Item 9 List any call signs that are part of the system and licensed separately.
Broadcast Auxiliary Only
Items 10-14 apply only to the Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services, LP, LV and RP.
If there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, Items 10 through 12 must be completed. If there is more than one Parent station,
select one for the purpose of filing this application. Actions taken on the Broadcast Parent station identified in Item 10 will similarly
affect the Broadcast Auxiliary Station (i.e., renewal, assignment of authorization, cancellation, etc.).
Item 10 If there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, enter the Facility Identification Number. This identification number is
typically a 5 digit number assigned by the FCC’s Media Bureau. This is not the Call Sign of the Parent station.
Item 11 Enter the Radio Service Code of the Broadcast Parent station. The Parent Station Radio Service Code must be AM, FM or TV.
Item 12 Enter the City and State of the Parent Station’s principal community.
Items 13-14 If there is no associated Broadcast parent station, enter the appropriate code for the Applicant and the State of primary
operation.
B - Broadcast Network Entity
C - Television Cable Operator
M - Motion Picture Producer
T - Television Producer
Control Points
This section must be completed for a primary control point. If you are adding a new control point, complete all items in this section for
each control point to be added. If you are modifying a control point, in addition to Items 15 and 16, complete only the items that have
changed for each control point. If you are deleting a control point, only Items 15 and 16 are required. Control points that are currently
licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this
section.
Item 15 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or
‘D’ for Delete.
Item 16 Enter the FCC-assigned control point number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point
Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new control point, assign a temporary code to represent the control point. The
assigned code should begin with C to indicate it as a control point and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., C1, C2, C3, etc.).
The FCC will assign an official number to the new control point, which will appear on the Authorization and in the ULS database.
Item 17 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control point. Refer to FCC
Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area codes.
Item 18 Enter the telephone number (including area code) where a person responsible for operation of the control point could be
reached.
FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Antenna Information
This section is for fixed stations (Schedule D Item 3 = FX) and must be completed only when antenna information is to be added,
modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna, complete Items 19-23 for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an
existing antenna, in addition to Items 19, 20, and 21, complete only the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an
antenna, only Items 19, 20, and 21 are required. Antennas that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be
shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. All stations proposing to operate on frequencies
below 27.5 MHz MUST complete Items 19-27 if the filing is for a new Authorization. Failure to do so will result in the return of your
application without further action. Land Mobile stations located near international borders that seek protection from interference should
also complete Items 24-27 if you believe that the assumptions listed would leave your station insufficiently protected. If so, provide the
actual data on which interference protection should be based. If you do not provide the actual data and an interference problem arises
involving another country’s station, your station will be protected only to the limit of the FCC’s assumptions. This is especially important
for stations proposed to be operated in any of the counties/boroughs listed in Appendix I of the FCC 601 Main Form instructions.
Item 19 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 20 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2.
If the location has been
previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding
Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to
represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 21 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see
Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a
temporary code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a
number to uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2 and A3). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be
unique within each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization and in
the ULS database.
Note:

Location number (Item 20) and antenna number (Item 21) are used to associate information in the Antenna
Information Section with information in the Frequency Information Section. To do this, enter the necessary technical
information into the Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna number. Then,
enter the necessary technical information in Frequency Information Section for that antenna, using the same location
number/antenna number pair.
Each antenna specified in the Frequency Information Section must have
corresponding data in the Antenna Information Section.

Item 22 This is not required for Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services. For operations in 150-174 MHz, 220-222 MHz, 450512 MHz, 851-869 MHz and 935-940 MHz, enter the height of the antenna above ground elevation for the average terrain. Enter this
item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. See the applicable rules for instructions for computing the height above average terrain
for the antenna. Applicants applying on frequencies not mentioned in this paragraph may omit this item.
Item 23 Enter the overall height above ground of the highest part of your antenna (antenna structure plus the height of the antenna, if
top mounted; the total height to the tip of the antenna, if side-mounted). Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 24 Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna main lobe measured clockwise with respect to True North
(degrees) or enter ‘360’ to indicate the transmitting antenna is omni-directional.
Item 25 For directional antennas, enter the total angle (degrees) measured horizontally in a plane containing the direction of maximum
radiation within which the power radiated in any direction does not fall more than 3 dB below the power radiated in the direction of
maximum radiation. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360.0’. This information should be available from the specification sheet
included with the antenna at time of purchase.
Item 26 Enter one of the following code letters to represent the polarization of the transmitting antenna:
E – Elliptical
F – 45 degrees
H – Horizontal
J – Linear
L – Left-hand circular
R – Right-hand circular
S – Horizontal and vertical
T – Right and left-hand circular
V – Vertical
X – Other (provide a description in an attachment)
FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Item 27 Enter the ratio (decibels) of the power required at the input of a loss-free reference antenna to the power supplied to the input
of the given antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power flux-density at the same distance. This
information should be available from the specification sheet included with the antenna at time of purchase.
Unless advised to the contrary, the FCC will make certain assumptions which reflect the typical station in these services. Carefully
review the list below with respect to your particular situation. If you believe that these assumptions would leave your station
insufficiently protected, provide the correct data in the Antenna Section. If you do not provide the actual data and an interference
problem arises involving another country’s station, your station will be protected only to the limit of the FCC’s assumptions.
The following station parameters will be assumed by the FCC unless otherwise stated:
Item 24 - Antenna Azimuth of Main Lobe. The FCC will report each base or mobile relay station as having an omnidirectional (3600)
azimuth. It will also be assumed that each control station associated with a mobile relay station has a directional antenna with
its azimuth of maximum radiation directed toward the mobile relay station.
Item 25 - Beamwidth. Where an omnidirectional antenna is assumed, beamwidth has no relevance, and therefore, no assumed value
will be used. For control stations, 20 percent will be assumed.
Item 26 - Antenna Polarization. All stations will be reported as having antennas with vertical polarization.
Item 27 - Antenna Gain. The antenna gain for all stations will be assumed to be 6 dB.
Receiver Information. All stations specified on the same application form are assumed to be communicating with each other as a
system. Receivers will be assumed to operate at the same location as the transmitter. In other words, it is assumed that the receiver
site for a mobile station transmission is the location of the associated base station. The receiver site for a base station transmission is
assumed to be the area of operation of the associated mobile stations. For a control station transmission, it is assumed that the
location of the associated mobile relay station is the location of the receiver.
As a signatory party to international treaty agreements, the FCC performs certain actions regarding the use of radio. The technical
details of your station parameters may be reported to the International Telecommunications Union, Geneva, Switzerland, and to
countries which border on or in close proximity to the United States. This information along with data reported by other nations will be
used to protect reported stations and aid in resolution of interference disputes between Licensees in different countries.
Certain stations, because of their geographic location, would be best protected by provision of additional information. Specifically, this
includes any proposed station which is located in the region north of Line ‘A’, or in the State of Alaska east of Line ‘C’. Refer to the
Commission’s rules for a detailed explanation of Lines A and C. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions contains a list of
counties/boroughs, by state, having areas North of Line A and East of Line C. If the desired station is to operate in the 806-821/851866, 821-824/866-869, 896-901/935-940 MHz bands, please consult the applicable rules for available frequencies and use near the
United States/Canada/Mexico borders.
Note:

If you are adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Control Station criteria that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for
operations in regions North of Line ‘A’ or in Alaska East of Line ‘C’, on Form 601 Schedule D, complete all required
items for the control station as if adding a fixed station location.

Frequency Information
This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new frequency,
complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency (i.e., changing from one operating frequency to a
different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 31. If you are modifying
attributes of an existing frequency, in addition to Items 28 through 32, complete only the items that have changed for the frequency. In
order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 37), complete Items 28-32, specifying the appropriate location number, antenna number,
frequency, and station class code, and list all active emission designators now associated with the specified location, antenna,
frequency, and station class (complete as many rows as necessary, listing emission designators in Item 37). If you are deleting a
frequency, only Items 28 through 31 are required. Deleting a frequency will delete all station classes for that frequency. To delete a
station class from a frequency, complete Items 28-32. Frequencies and station classes that are currently licensed under this call sign
by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.

FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

Enter frequency information for each antenna specified in the Antenna Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the
location number/antenna number combination for each frequency. For example:
Location Antenna Frequency (MHz)
L1
A1 XXX.XXXX
L1
A1 YYY.YYYY
L1
A1 ZZZ.ZZZZ
L1
A2 AAA.AAAA
L1
A2 BBBBB.BBBB
L2
A1 CCCCC.CCCC
L2
A1 DDDDD.DDDD
(Note: Frequency bands should be shown in same block, for example 806 – 821, (carrier/assigned) 2326 – 2327.4.)
Item 28 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 29 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered in Item 20 of the Antenna Information Section of this
Schedule.
Item 30 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 21 of the Antenna Information Section of this
Schedule.
Item 31 To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter the specific frequencies in Megahertz in the column labeled ‘New’. The
requested frequencies must be available in the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in which you are seeking eligibility. Use
a separate line for each frequency (the exceptions being that 800 MHz SMR mobile and control stations are now designated by
frequency range 806-821 and 900 MHz SMR mobile and control stations are now designated by frequency range 896-901). Low Power
Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants should refer to Rule Section 74.802 for a complete and accurate listing of the acceptable frequency
ranges.
To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 28-30 and enter the existing frequency in the column
labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the new frequency in the column labeled ‘New’.
Item 32 Enter the appropriate station class code from the following table.
Commission’s rules.
Note:

Definitions for most of these items are listed in the

Where appropriate, follow each code with 'T' for Temporary, 'I' for Itinerant, 'S' for Standby, ‘A’ for Airport Terminal
Use, 'C' for Interconnect, 'J' for Temporary Interconnect, 'K' for Standby Interconnect, or 'L' for Itinerant Interconnect.
For example, FBT means Temporary Base. (NOTE: MO, MO3, MO6, MO7, MO8 & FXO use the alpha character
“O”).

Base........................................................................................................................FB
Mobile Relay ...........................................................................................................FB2
Community Repeater .............................................................................................FB4
Private Carrier (Profit) ............................................................................................FB6
Private Carrier (Nonprofit) .......................................................................................FB7
Centralized Trunked Relay......................................................................................FB8
Control ...................................................................................................................FX1*
Mobile ....................................................................................................................MO
Mobile/Vehicular Repeater ......................................................................................MO3
Private Carrier Mobile Operation (Profit) .................................................................MO6
Private Carrier Mobile Operation (Non-profit)..........................................................MO7
Centralized Trunked Mobile ....................................................................................MO8
Operational Fixed....................................................................................................FXO
Fixed Relay .............................................................................................................FX2
Fixed .......................................................................................................................FX**
Radiolocation Land .................................................................................................LR
Radiolocation Weather Radar .................................................................................WDX
Radiolocation Mobile...............................................................................................MR
Secondary Fixed Signaling .....................................................................................FX3
*Station associated with a mobile relay that employs the same frequency as the associated mobile station for control purposes.
**Station operating on frequencies available for fixed use for control purposes in accordance with applicable rules.
FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

Item 33 Enter the number of actual transmitting units at each station.
Normally, only one transmitter (base, mobile relay, etc.) is associated with station classes that indicate operation at a permanent/fixed
location. Therefore, for these station classes, the number 1 should usually be entered. However, if more than one transmitter is placed
at the same location, then enter the appropriate number.
For transmitters associated with station classes that indicate mobile operation, enter the total number of mobile units. The total number
of mobile units is normally the sum of vehicular, portable, aircraft, and marine units that will be placed in operation at the time of grant
plus the units for which purchase orders have been signed and will be in use prior to the end of the station’s construction period. Some
exceptions are provided for in the rules, which should be noted.
Note:

Paging receivers should not be counted as mobile units. These receivers should be listed separately in Item 34.

Item 34 Enter the number of paging receivers in this system.
Item 35 For operations using the emissions NON, A1A, A2D, A3E, A9W, F1B, F2D, F3E, and F9W -- enter the mean RF output power
(watts) normally supplied by the transmitter to the antenna feedline. Enter Output Power for transmitter when operating with single
sideband (A3J or new J3E) emission; enter the peak envelope power (watts). (See the applicable rules.)
Note: The power entered should be the minimum required for satisfactory operations.
Item 36 This information is required for operations above 10 MHz from Applicants requesting new station authorizations and for
modifications as described in the applicable rules.
Enter the Effective Radiated Power (ERP). The ERP is the transmitted output power times the net gain of the antenna system. This is
the gain of the antenna minus the transmission losses, which include losses attributable to the transmission line, duplexers, cavity
filters, and isolators. The actual formula is:
ERP (watts) equals Power (watts) times Antilog of (net gain in dB divided by 10)
Item 37 Enter the emission designator for each station. Normally, land mobile operations are intended to provide voice
communications. The new ITU (International Telecommunications Union) emission designators must be used in place of the old
designators. The following provides samples of the corresponding new ITU designators for the most commonly used emission
designators. These are samples only and do not necessarily represent an emission for which you should apply.
Frequency modulated (FM) voice
Frequency modulated (FM) voice
Frequency modulated digitized voice
Frequency modulated digitized non-voice
Amplitude modulated single sideband voice
Amplitude modulated (AM) voice
Frequency modulated voice (12.5 KHz channel)

Old
20F3
13.6F3
20F3Y
20F9Y
3A3J
8A3

New
20K0F3E
13K6F3E
20K0F1E
20K0F1D
3K00J3E
8K00A3E
11K3F3E

FCC 601 Schedule H - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 6

Technical Data Schedule for the
Private Land Mobile and Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary
Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74)

FCC 601
Schedule H

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form instructions
for public burden estimate

Eligibility
1) Rule Section:

2) Describe Activity:

Frequency Coordinator Information (if not self-coordinated)
3)
Frequency Coordination
Number

4)
Name of Frequency Coordinator

5)
Telephone Number

7) Has this application been successfully coordinated?

6)
Coordination
Date

(

)Yes/No

(

)Yes/No

Extended Implementation (Slow Growth)
8) Are you requesting a new or modified extended implementation plan?
If ‘Yes’, attach an exhibit with a justification and a proposed station construction schedule.

Associated Call Signs (Attach additional sheets if required)
9)

Broadcast Auxiliary Only
If there is an associated
Parent Station, complete
Items 10-12.

10) Facility Id of Parent
Station:

11) Radio Service of
Parent Station:

13) If there is no associated parent station, this Applicant is a: (
Broadcast Network Entity

Television Cable Operator

12) City and State of Parent Station Principal
Community:

14) State of Primary Operation:

)

Motion Picture Producer

Television Producer

Control Point(s) (Other than at the transmitter) (Attach additional sheets if required)
15)
Action
A/M/D

16)
Control Point
Number

17)
Location
Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State

18)
Telephone
Number

FCC 601 - Schedule H
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Antenna Information
19)
Action
(
)
A/M/D

20)
Location
Number

21)
Antenna
Number

22)
AAT
(meters)

23)
Antenna Ht.
(meters)

24)
Azimuth
(degrees)

25)
Beamwidth
(degrees)

26)
Polarization

27)
Gain (dB)

FCC 601 - Schedule H
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Frequency Information
28)
Action
(
)
A/M/D

29)
Location
Number

30)
Antenna
Number

31)
Frequency (MHz)
Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

32)
Station
Class

33)
No. of
Units

34)
No. of
Paging
Receivers

35)
Output
Power
(watts)

36)
ERP (watts)

37)
Emission
Designators

FCC 601 - Schedule H
(Edition Date) - Page 3

FCC 601
Schedule I

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Instructions for Technical Data Schedule for the
Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services
(Parts 101 and 74)
Form FCC 601, Schedule I, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for an authorization to operate a radio station in the
Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services, as defined in 47 CFR, Parts 101 and 74. It is also used to amend a
pending application or modify an existing license in these services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction winners that must file
site-specific technical data for international coordination, for an environmental assessment of a particular site or for operation that would
affect a radio quiet zone. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
All site and technical information, whether pertaining to a fixed location or an area location, is filed on Schedule I. Do not file FCC 601,
Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures in conjunction with Schedule I.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATIONS, PATHS, or PASSIVE REPEATER NUMBERS: To identify existing
locations, paths, or passive repeater numbers, you must use the location, path, or passive repeater numbers assigned by the Universal
Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the numbers on your current authorization if that authorization was
not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, path, or passive repeater number that corresponds to a
particular location, path, or passive repeater, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date information regarding your authorization.
To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for assistance.
Note:

The transmit location will always be assigned Location Number 1.

IMPORTANT ANTENNA STRUCTURE REGISTRATION INFORMATION: The Commission will evaluate your application for a fixed
location based on the Antenna Structure Registration number you provide (if required). If you mistype your Antenna Structure
Registration Number, or provide location data (latitude, longitude, elevation, structure heights) that is inconsistent with the data found in
the Commission’s Antenna Structure Registration database, your application will be dismissed.
Inconsistent data is defined as follows:
1. Latitude and Longitude data provided on Schedule I, Supplement 1, differs from the data in the Antenna Structure
Registration database by more than 1 second; or
2. The height or elevation reported on Schedule I is more than 0.5 meters (1.5 feet) greater than the data in the Antenna
Structure Registration Database; or elevation is more than 3 meters (9.8 feet) less than the elevation listed in the Antenna
Structure Registration Database.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Schedule I
Instructions
Schedule I must be submitted for every Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary application (Parts 101 and 74) filed for a
purpose of New (NE), Modification (MD), Renew/Modification (RM) and Amendment (AM).
Administrative Information
Item 1 If this application is being filed as part of a pack, either simultaneously with the pack or as a late addition to the pack, enter 'Y'.
Otherwise enter ‘N’.
Note:

A pack is a set of applications requesting a system or subsystem of microwave links which are related to the extent
that they cannot or must not operate independently and so must all have the same grant date and construction
deadline. All applications intended to be part of a pack should be filed together with the other applications in the
pack, on the same day (the initial filing date of the pack). Applications that are part of a pack may also be filed singly,
as a late addition to the pack.
In order to incorporate new paper-filed applications into a new pack, all the paper-filed applications for the new pack
must be filed together on the same day; it is recommended that they also be filed in the same envelope.

Item 2 Complete this item only if the answer to Item 1 is ‘Y’. If this application is being filed on the initial filing date of the pack and the
Pack Registration Number has already been obtained on-line, or this application is being filed as a late addition to the pack, the Pack
Registration Number must be entered in Item 2a. Otherwise, (i.e., if this application is being filed on the initial filing date of the pack and
the Pack Registration Number has not been obtained on-line), enter in Item 2b a descriptive and unique pack name, not exceeding 50
characters, which the FCC will use to relate this application to other applications filed for the pack on the same day. The FCC will
assign a new Pack Registration Number to the pack.
Note:

It is recommended that a Pack Registration Number be obtained on-line prior to the initial filing of the pack, and
entered in Item 2a, to facilitate pack identification and aggregation, and to avoid confusion.

Item 3 Enter the type of operation code. Select only one code per application. A separate license is needed for each type of operation.
Valid types of operation codes are:
F - Permanent Fixed Point to Point
M - Multiple Address System (MAS)
T - Temporary Fixed/Mobile
D - Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS)
18 - 18 GHz Low Power (See Section 101.147(r)(10) for definition of Low Power (EIRP less than 1watt))
31 - 31 GHz Systems
38 - 38 GHz Systems
Item 4 Enter the station class code that identifies the transmitter class. Refer to Table 1, located on page 16 of these instructions. The
station class codes are as follows:
Fixed ......................................................................................... FXO
Temporary Fixed ........................................................................ FX5
Mobile ........................................................................................ MO
Mobile & Temporary Fixed ......................................................... MO5
Item 5 For Digital Electronic Message Services (DEMS) only: Enter the Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) for the license.
Item 6 This question must be answered if filing an application for a NEW station, a Modification, a Renewal/Modification, or an
Amendment to a pending application. Enter ‘Y’ if you are filing:
a. An application for a New Station authorization;
b. An application for a Major Modification of an existing authorization;
c. An application for a Renewal and Major Modification of an existing authorization;
d. An application for Major Amendment of any of the above;
e. An application for Minor Modification or Minor Amendment when this application, along with all other minor
Modification or amendment requests filed since you applied for a new authorization, or since the last Major action
was granted by the Commission, produces a cumulative effect that would equal or exceed the criteria for a Major
filing.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Otherwise, enter ‘N’ if the cumulative effect would be considered a Minor filing.
See Rule Section 1.929 for specific details on Classification of filings as Major or Minor. For your convenience, you will find Rule
Section 1.929 listed on Pages 12, 13 and 14 of the FCC 601 Main Form Instructions.
Item 7 Enter ‘Y’ if frequency coordination has been completed for this application. Otherwise enter ‘N’.
Frequency Coordinator Information
This section must be completed if the station is not self-coordinated.
Item 8 Enter the frequency coordination number issued by the frequency coordinator for this application.
Item 9 Enter the name of the frequency coordinator.
Item 10 Enter the telephone number (including area code) of the frequency coordinator.
Item 11 Enter the month, day and year on which frequency coordination was completed.
Broadcast Auxiliary Only
This item applies to Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Stations only. Complete either Item 12 or Item 13.
If there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, all parts of Item 12 must be completed. If there is more than one Parent station,
select one for the purpose of filing this application. Actions taken on the Broadcast Parent station entered in Item 12 will similarly affect
the Broadcast Auxiliary Station (i.e., renewal, assignment of authorization, cancellation, etc.).
Item 12a If there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, enter the Facility Identification Number. This is typically a 5 digit number
assigned by the FCC’s Media Bureau. This is not the Call Sign of the Parent station.
Item 12b Enter the Radio Service Code of the Broadcast Parent station. The type of traffic, TV or Aural, indicated by the Radio Service
of the Parent station must be consistent with that indicated by the Radio Service Code of the Broadcast Auxiliary station requested
under this application:
If filing for Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Service Code of TB, TI, TS, TT, or TP, the Parent station Radio Service Code must be TV
or TX.
If filing for a Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Service Code of AB, AI, or AS, the Parent station Radio Service Code must be AM, FM
or FX.
Item 12c Enter the City and State of the Parent station’s principal community.
Item 13 If there is no associated Parent station, certify that the Applicant is a Broadcast Network Entity and enter the State of primary
operation. By signing the FCC 601 Main Form filed in conjunction with this Schedule, the Applicant certifies that the statement listed in
Item 13 is true, complete, correct, and made in good faith. Note that a Broadcast Network Entity must have entered TV Pick-up, radio
service code ‘TP’, in Item 1 of the FCC 601 Main Form.
Control Point (Technical Point of Contact)
Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services authorize only one control point per license. Therefore, this section must
be completed only when a control point is to be added or modified. If you are adding a new control point (for a new license only),
complete all items in this section. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Item 14, complete only the items that have
changed for the control point. The control point that is currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on
the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 14 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add or ‘M’ for Modify.
Item 15 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control point. Refer to FCC
601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations.
Item 16 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for operation of the station or system can be
reached.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Instructions for Schedule I Supplement 1 - Location Data
This Supplement must be completed only when a location (transmitter, receiver, or passive repeater) is to be added, modified, or
deleted. Each Supplement 1 describes one location. If you have more than one location, submit an additional Supplement 1 for each.
If you are adding a new location, complete a Supplement 1 for each location to be added. If you are modifying an existing location, in
addition to Items 1, 2, 6 (FCC Antenna Structure Registration), and 22 (NEPA), complete only the items that have changed for each
location. If you are deleting a location, complete only Items 1 and 2. Locations that are currently licensed under this call sign by the
FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this Supplement.
Note: Supplement 1 describes one location only. To add, modify, or delete technical data associated with a location, you must
file Supplement 2 (Path Data), Supplement 3 (Passive Repeaters), and/or Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) along with
Supplement 1.
For purposes of these instructions and the use of this Supplement 1, permanent fixed point-to-point stations, Multiple Address System
(MAS) stations that are not mobile-only or auctioned, and Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS) stations, are considered to have
fixed transmit locations. Mobile-only Multiple Address System (MAS) (non-auctioned) stations, temporary fixed, 18 GHz Low Power
stations, and 31.0-31.3 GHz and 38.6-40.0 GHz (non-auction, area operation) stations are considered to have area transmit locations.
A summary of Types of Operation Codes/Station Classes/Transmit Location Types/Path Codes is provided in Table 1, located on page
16 of these instructions.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATIONS: Receiver and Passive Repeater location information may only be specified
for Permanent Fixed Point-to-Point systems. For all other types of operation, you may only specify location information for the
transmitter. Additionally, you must check Table 1 on page 16 of these instructions to determine if the station for which you are applying
should be associated with a fixed location (station class = FXO in Item 4 of Schedule I) or an area location; enter data accordingly.
Note:

For MAS and DEMS stations associated with a fixed location, the area in which you may locate remote and user
stations is defined in the FCC rules (see 47 CFR § 101.105) and is not collected on this form. Additionally, for these
stations, the transmitter location information entered in Items 7-12 should correspond to the center of the station’s
operating area, the site elevation entered in Item 13 should correspond to the elevation at the coordinates entered in
Items 7-8, and the antenna structure height data entered in Items 14-15 must be equal to or greater than the value
entered for antenna height in Item 7 of Supplement 2.

Note:

For Receiver locations, you must complete Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, and 13.

Note:

For Passive Repeater locations, Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 6-8, 13-16, 22, 23a, 23b, and 24 must be completed.

Note:

If filing a modification that effects the Path, Frequency or Passive Repeater data at an existing licensed location, then
items 22,23, and 24 (if applicable) must also be completed.

Item 1 Enter the code indicating the action requested.
To add a new location, enter ‘A’. If the new location you are adding is a fixed transmit location, also complete Items 2, 3, 5 through 16,
22, 23, and 24. If the new location you are adding is an area location, also complete Items 2 through 5, 7, 8, 10 through 12, and 17
through 24.
Note: Part 101 Microwave Services and Part 74 Broadcast Auxiliary Microwave Services only authorize one
transmit location per license. Therefore, a transmit location may only be added if the purpose of FCC 601 Main Form
is ‘New’.
To modify existing location data, enter ‘M’. If the existing transmit location is a fixed transmit location, complete Items 2 (Location
Number), 6 (FCC Antenna Structure Registration), 22 (NEPA), 23 (Quiet Zone - if required), and only those of Items 7 through 16 that
are being modified (enter the new data only). If the existing transmit location is an area location, complete Item 2 and only those Items
7, 8, 10 through 12, and 17 through 23 that are being modified (enter the new data only).
To delete an existing location, enter ‘D’ and complete Item 2.
Note:

Deleting a receiver location will also delete all paths associated with that location.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

Item 2 This item must be completed. If the station location has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCCassigned location number (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a
new location, assign a temporary code to represent the station location. The assigned code should begin with ‘L’ to indicate it is a
location and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., L1, L2, L3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new station,
which will appear on the Authorization.
Note:

The transmitter location must always be assigned location 1 (L1).

Item 3 Enter the appropriate location description for the specified location. Valid location descriptions are listed below:
Transmit
Receiver
Passive Repeater
Item 4 For area transmit locations only, enter the appropriate area of operation code using the table below. Additional mobile location
fields must be completed according to the area of operation code chosen. Refer to the table to determine which additional fields are
required for the chosen area of operation code.
Note: If area operation will cover multiple counties, use area of operation code 'O' and specify all applicable counties in Item
21.
Area of Operation Codes and Required Data Values
Code Description

Additional Supplement 1 Data Elements Required for each Area of Operation Code

Item Numbers

Temporary Fixed or Mobile Radius, Latitude, Longitude, City*, State**,
County/Borough/Parish**, Canadian Coordination area, NEPA, Quiet Zone

7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 17,
20, 22, 23

R Rectangular Area of Operation

Latitude, Longitude, Maximum Latitude, Maximum Longitude, Canadian
Coordination area, NEPA, Quiet Zone

7, 8, 18, 19, 20, 22,
23

N Nationwide including Hawaii Alaska & US Territories

Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone

20, 22, 23

U Continental US

Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone

20, 22, 23

C County/Borough/Parish Wide Area of Operation

State, County/Borough/Parish, Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone

11, 12, 20, 22, 23

S Statewide Area of Operation

State, Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone

11, 20, 22, 23

O Other - Narrative

Description, Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone

20, 21, 22, 23

P KMRA around a centerpoint (circular area of
operation)

*Kilometers Radius
** Complete as applicable - refer to instructions for applicability

Item 5 This item is required. Enter the location or station name. If a new station is proposed, give it a name that relates to its location
(up to 20 characters). For example, the name of a city, statistical area, town, or prominent geographical feature may be used. If
necessary, abbreviate the name, without punctuation (e.g., Bald Mtn).
Item 6 This item is required for fixed transmit and passive repeater locations if the action requested in Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If antenna
structure registration is required, enter the seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number (shown on the structure’s
registration, FCC 854R). Otherwise, enter ‘N/A’ to indicate that FAA notification is not required.
Note:

Effective 7/1/96 the Commission requires owners to register certain structures. When required, antenna structures
must be registered using FCC 854. The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure information does not
replace the requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more information, see our web site at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna/, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or visit the web at http://esupport.fcc.gov.

Note:

If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Antenna Structure Registration is not required because the structure is
shielded by existing structures or because it is fixed by its functional purpose, submit supporting documentation as an
attachment to your application.

Note:

For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub-type of operation codes (see Table 1 at the
end of this schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two-Way Master-Remote, MAS Multiple One-Way
Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two-Way Nodal-User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates
specified in Items 7 and 8, no antenna registration is required. In item 6, enter ‘N/A’.

Items 7 and 8 These items are required for all receiver locations, and are required for all transmit and passive repeater locations if ‘N/A’
was entered in Item 6. Enter the geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the location. If you provided an Antenna Structure

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

Registration Number in Item 6 for a transmit or passive repeater location, then these items are optional (see Important Antenna
Structure Registration Information on Page 1 of Schedule I Instructions). For area locations, enter the geographic coordinates as
specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4:
If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates of the center point;
If ‘R’ was entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates of the southeast corner of the rectangular area or box. (See also
Items 18 and 19 for the Northwest corner)
Enter the latitude using the format DD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DD) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes (MM)
can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS.S) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the lower right corner, specify the direction as either N for
North or S for South.
Enter the longitude using the format DDD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DDD) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180,
minutes (MM) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS.S) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the lower right corner, specify the direction as
either E for East or W for West.
All coordinates must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways,
including a GPS receiver, a 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish
surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC 20242 or from its
office in Denver, Colorado 80225.
Note:

Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin
Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983
(NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island should be
referenced to the applicable local datums. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older
datum (i.e., NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are available through the internet at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html.

Items 9-12
Fixed Locations

If you answered N/A in Item 6 for a Transmit Location, you must complete Items 9 through 12. If you provided an Antenna Registration
Number in Item 6 for a Transmit Location, you must complete Item 12, County/Borough/Parish name. If the Location is a Receiver or
Passive Repeater, Items 9 through 12 are not required to be completed.
Item 9 This item must be completed for the Transmit Location. Enter a complete description of the transmit location such as street
number and address or other geographic description such as direction and distance from a town or known landmark (i.e., Rt 81, 5 km
South of Fairview). P. O. Box Numbers or geographical coordinates are not acceptable for this item.
NOTE: For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub-type of operation codes (see Table 1 at the
end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two-Way Master-Remote, MAS Multiple One-Way Outbound
Master, or DEMS Multiple Two-Way Nodal-User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates specified in Items 7
and 8, enter ‘Various Locations’ in Item 9.
Item 10 This item must be completed with the City in which the Transmitter is located.
Item 11 This item must be completed with the State code in which the Transmitter is located. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions,
Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction and area codes.
Item 12 This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity in which the Transmitter is located unless any
of the following pertain to the Transmit Station location:
a) the city entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD)
b) the State code entered in Item 11 is GM, Gulf of Mexico
NOTE:
If the nearest City, County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and State are located in a bordering
county/borough/parish or equivalent entity and/or state, enter a complete description of the location in Item 9 as shown in this example.
Complete Item 10 if a City, Town or Village within the Transmitter's County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity is nearby and complete
Items 11 and 12 with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and State in which the coordinates are actually located.
Example:

9)
10)
11)
12)

(Street) Summit Mtn near Palo Verde, Imperial County, CA
(City)
(State) AZ
(County/Borough/Parish) La Paz

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 6

Area Locations

For area locations, respond to Items 9-12 as specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4:
Item 9 This item is not applicable for area locations and should be left blank.
Item 10 If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the city or town name of the location in this item. This item is required only if Item 12 is blank.
Item 11 If ‘P’, ‘C’, or ‘S’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State of the location in this item. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions,
Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area codes.
Item 12 If ‘P’ or ‘C’ was entered in Item 4, enter the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity of the location in this item. This item is
always required for area of operation code ‘C’. This item is also required for area of operation code ‘P’ except when: (a) the city
entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State
entered in Item 11 is ‘GM’ (Gulf of Mexico).
Note: Items 13-16 only apply to Fixed Locations. If you answered ‘N/A’ in Item 6 for a Transmit or Passive Repeater
Location, you must complete Items 13-16. If you provided an Antenna Registration Number in Item 6 for a Transmit or
Passive Repeater Location, Items 13-16 are optional (see Important Antenna Structure Registration Information on page 1
of Schedule I instructions). If the Location is a Receiver, Item 13 must be completed. Items 14-16 are not required.
Item 13 Enter the elevation above mean sea level (AMSL) of the ground at the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to
the nearest tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 9 of these instructions. This information can be
determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city
or county/borough/parish surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington,
DC 20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225.
NOTE: For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub-type of operation codes (see Table 1 at
the end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two-Way Master-Remote, MAS Multiple One-Way
Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two-Way Nodal-User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates
specified in Items 7 and 8, enter ‘0' (the single digit zero) in Item 13.
Item 14 Enter the height above ground level to the highest point of the supporting structure only. Enter this item in meters, rounded
to the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna structure consists of a building/tower combination, include any elevator shaft, flagpole,
or penthouse in the overall support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna structure is a tower only,
include the height of the tower but not the antenna. Refer to letter ‘b’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 9 of these
instructions.
NOTE: For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub-type of operation codes (see Table 1 at
the end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two-Way Master-Remote, MAS Multiple One-Way
Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two-Way Nodal-User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates
specified in Items 7 and 8, enter ‘6.1' in Item 14.
Item 15 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to the highest point, including any appurtenances.
Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, etc. Refer to letter ‘c’
in the antenna structure figure examples on page 9 of these instructions.
NOTE: For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub-type of operation codes (see Table 1 at
the end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two-Way Master-Remote, MAS Multiple One-Way
Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two-Way Nodal-User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates
specified in Items 7 and 8, enter ‘6.1' in Item 15.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 7

Item 16 Enter the code for the type of structure on which the antenna is or will be mounted from the following valid structure types:
Code Definition
B
BANT
BMAST
BPIPE
BPOLE
BRIDG
BTWR
MAST
N/A
NNTANN*
NTOWER**
PIPE
POLE
RIG
SIGN
SILO
STACK
TANK
TOWER
TREE
UPOLE

Building with a side mounted antenna
Building with Antenna on Top
Building with Mast/Antenna on Top
Building with Pipe/Antenna on Top
Building with Pole/Antenna on Top
Bridge
Building with Tower/Antenna on Top
Self-Support Structure
Not Applicable***
Antenna Tower Array
Multiple Structures
Any Type of Pipe
Any Type of Pole, used only to mount an antenna
Oil or Other Type of Rig
Any Type of Sign or Billboard
Any Type of Silo
Smoke Stack
Any Type of Tank (Water, Gas, etc.)
A Free Standing or Guyed Structure Used for Communications Purposes
When Used as a Support for an Antenna
Utility Pole/Tower Used to Provide Service (Electric, Telephone, etc.)

*

Valid Tower Arrays. Code definition: The first NN indicates the number of towers in an array. The second NN is optional and
indicates the position of that tower in the array (e.g., 3TA2 would identify the second tower in a three-tower array).

**

Valid Multiple Structures. Code Definition: The N indicates the number of structures where multiple antenna structures are
present in a multiple structure (Ex.: 2TOWER, 3TANK, 6BANT, 7BMAST).

*** Not Applicable Structure Type: This code is only valid to describe the antenna support structure at a location associated with the
following types MAS and DEMS stations:
MAS Multiple Two-way Master-Remote
MAS Multiple One-way Outbound Master
DEMS Multiple Two-way Nodal-User
Item 17 For Area of Operation code ‘P’, enter the radius of the area of operation. Enter in kilometers, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Note: For MAS Mobile Master (mobile-only), indicated by type of operation Multiple Address System on Schedule I Item 3
and sub-type of operation Mobile Master in Item 4a of Supplement 2 - enter 40.5.
For 18 GHz Low Power, indicated by on Schedule I Item 3 - enter 28.0.
Items 18 and 19 These items must be completed for area operations that are defined by a rectangular area or box coordinates (Area of
Operation code in Item 4 = ‘R’). Enter geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the northwest corner of the rectangular area of
box in Items 18 and 19. See Notes in Items 7 and 8 of these instructions for important information regarding coordinates.
Item 20 Respond to this Item only if you are applying for an area location. This item helps the FCC to determine if it will initiate
coordination procedures with the Government of Canada. If any part of the area location is in an area that requires frequency
coordination with Canada and you intend to operate in this area, enter ‘Y’. In the event the Applicant needs to submit additional
information regarding coordination of a channel assignment with the Government of Canada, this should be attached as an exhibit
which references Schedule I, Supplement 1, Item 20. If ‘N’ is entered, the FCC will not initiate coordination procedures with the
Government of Canada and your area of operation will be excluded from these border areas. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form
Instructions contains a list of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas within the various coordination zones and a list of which
coordination zones apply for various frequency bands.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 8

Item 21 If the response to Item 4 was ‘O’, enter a description of the area of operation. P.O. Box numbers or geographic coordinates are
not acceptable for Item 21. The use of Other should only be used if the area of operation cannot be described by using codes P, R, C,
S, N, or U. Area of operation provided as 'Other' may delay processing of the application.
Item 22 This item is required for compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 43214335. See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR §§ 1.1301 - 1.1319).
Enter 'Y' if an FCC grant of this application will have a significant environmental effect. Section 1.1307 of the FCC rules lists categories
of environmental effects for which Applicants must file an environmental assessment. Otherwise enter 'N'. Examples of facilities that
may have a significant effect on the environment include:
An antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity aviation
obstruction lighting
A facility located in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain
A facility that affects a site significant in American history
A facility whose construction involves extensive changes in surface features
Facilities, operations, or transmitters that would cause human exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation in excess of the
limits as detailed in § 1.1310 of the Commission’s rules.
Item 23a Applicants filing for a new or modified fixed station located in one of the Quiet Zone areas listed below must notify the proper
authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 23a.
Those applications who are proposing to modify other technical parameters (including, but not limited to frequency, power, antenna
height, etc.) of their system operations where the station is currently authorized to operate within the quiet zone area, must also notify
the proper authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 23a.
See Part 1, Subpart F of the FCC Rules (47 CFR 1.924)
Item 23b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical parameters specified in the
application, enter “Y” and include a copy of the consent as a Quiet Zone Consent attachment. If prior written consent has not been
obtained, enter “N”.
Quiet Zone areas:
1. National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, Pocohontas County, West Virginia. The quiet zone is located within
Virginia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees
29’ 59.0” on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, and W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” on the west. Contact the Director,
National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P. O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV 24944.
2.

Arecibo Observatory, Puerto Rico. The quiet zone consists of the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Culebra
islands. Contact the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office Box 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, or
electronically at [email protected].

Item 24 (Not applicable at this time) Enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Mexican border area. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Antenna Structure Figure Examples:

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 9

Instructions for Schedule I Supplement 2 - Path Data
This Supplement must be completed only when a transmission path is to be added, modified, or deleted. For purposes of filing this
application, a ‘path’ is defined as the transmitting antennas (along with their height, orientation, and polarization); the final receiver (if
present) and any associated passive repeaters. File as many copies of Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) as necessary to describe all
transmitters and frequencies associated with each transmission path. Transmission paths are linked on Supplement 2 and Supplement
4 by Item 2, path number, located respectively on each supplement (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers
on page 1 of Schedule I instructions).
A Supplement 2 must be completed for each transmission path added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new transmission path,
complete a Supplement 2 for each transmission path to be added, and a Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) for all transmitters and
frequencies on the new path. If you are modifying a transmission path, in addition to Items 1 through 3, complete only the items that
have changed for each transmission path. If you are deleting a transmission path, only Items 1 through 3 are required. Transmission
paths that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific
action is requested in this Supplement.
Note:

If a path is deleted, the transmitter and frequency data that is linked to the path will automatically be deleted and will
no longer be part of your authorization.

Refer to Table 2 on pages 17 & 18 of Schedule I instructions for assistance in filling out Supplements 2 and 4. Table 2 indicates the
fields and their values that are applicable for various path types. For Permanent Fixed Point-to-Point paths, enter the actual value used
for each item on Supplement 2, or leave blank if not applicable.
Transmit Location
This section identifies the transmit location and path number of the transmission paths. Transmit location information is entered on
Supplement 1 of Schedule I. Path information is entered in the remaining sections of Supplement 2.
Item 1 Enter the transmit location name as entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1.
Item 2 Enter the path number. If the path has been previously licensed under this call sign by the Commission, enter its FCC-assigned
path number (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of Schedule I instructions). If you are adding
a new path to the transmit location as part of this filing, assign a code to represent the path. Number each new path consecutively,
beginning each assigned path number with ‘P’ to indicate it is a path and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., P1, P2, P3,
etc.). A single transmitter can have multiple paths. Path numbers need only be unique for each transmitting antenna and final receiver
(if present). The FCC will assign an official number to the new path, which will appear on the Authorization.
Item 3 This item indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the path specified in Item 2. Enter only one action per
copy of Supplement 2. Enter ‘A’ to Add a New Path, ‘M’ to Modify an Existing Path, or ‘D’ to Delete an Existing Path.
If ‘A’ is entered, complete all remaining items on this supplement (Items 4 through 32). Also complete as many copies of Supplement 4
(Frequency Data) as necessary to describe all transmitters and frequencies associated with the new path. If ‘M’ is entered, in addition
to completing Items 1 through 3, complete only those Items of 4 through 32 that are being modified (enter new data only). If the
modification also affects transmitters or frequencies, also complete as many copies of Supplement 4 as necessary to describe the
transmitter or frequency modifications (enter new data only). Modification of a path will affect all parameters of that path. If ‘D’ is
entered, only complete Items 1 through 3. Deletion of a path will delete the entire path, including all frequencies.
Note:

To add one path and modify another, complete two Supplement 2 forms.

Item 4a This item is to be completed for MAS (Multiple Address System) and DEMS (Digital Electronic Message Service) stations only,
as entered in Item 3 on main Schedule I. This item further classifies various MAS and DEMS operations. Enter the sub-type of
operation codes for the path. Enter only one sub-type of operation code for each path.
Fixed Two-way MAS Master-Remote or DEMS Nodal-User
Normal fixed MAS master-remote or DEMS nodal-user two-way operation, with single fixed master/nodal, located at the
coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1, transmitting to four or more MAS remotes or any number of DEMS
users, and remotes/users transmitting back to master/nodal. Two of Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub-type, one for the
master/nodal-to-remotes/user path, and one for the remotes/user-to-master/nodal path.
Fixed One-way Outbound MAS Master
A fixed MAS master, located at the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1, transmitting to four or more receiveonly remotes. Only one Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub-type for the master-to-remote path.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 10

Fixed One-way Inbound MAS Master
Four or more remotes transmitting to a receive-only fixed master, located at the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of
Supplement 1. Only one Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub-type for the remote-to-user path.
Multiple Two-way MAS Master-Remote or DEMS Nodal-User (DEMS only permitted under waiver)
Multiple MAS masters or DEMS nodals at unspecified locations within an area around the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8
of Supplement 1, transmitting to at least four multiple receive-only MAS remotes or any number of DEMS users and
remotes/users transmitting back to multiple masters/nodals. Two of Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub-type, one for the
master/nodal-to-remote/user path, and one for the remote/user-to-master/nodal path.
Multiple One-way Outbound MAS Master
Multiple MAS masters at unspecified locations within an area around the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1.
Only one Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub-type for the master-to-remote path.
Mobile MAS Master (Mobile-only)
Mobile master(s) at unspecified locations within an area described in items 7, 8, and 17 of Supplement 1. A path code should
not be filed for this subtype (see Note in Item 4b).
Mobile MAS Master (Non-Mobile-only)
Mobile master(s) added to the authorization of an existing MAS station and associated with the fixed location of that existing
MAS station. A path code should not be filed for this subtype (see the Note in Item 4b).
Notes: For MAS, sub-types of operation Fixed Two-way MAS Master-Remote, Fixed One-way Outbound MAS Master, and
Fixed One-way Inbound MAS Master, each must be licensed separately from each other. Do not enter these subtypes of operation together on the same license. Multiple Two-way MAS Master-Remote, Multiple One-way
Outbound MAS Master, and Mobile MAS Master sub-types of operation may be licensed by themselves or in
conjunction with any valid MAS sub-type of operation code. A Mobile MAS Master Sub-type can only be used in
conjunction with other sub-types if they operate on the same frequency.
For DEMS, Fixed Two-way DEMS Nodal-User or Multiple Two-way DEMS Nodal-User sub-types of operation may be
licensed either by themselves or in combination with each other.
Item 4b Enter the path code (only one for each path) for the MAS/DEMS type of operation. See Table 1 on page 16 of Schedule I
instructions for a list of path codes.
Note:

Path codes are not collected for the following types of operation, as their path codes are predefined and shown within
the parentheses: Permanent Fixed Point to Point (PP), Temporary Fixed/Mobile (MM), Multiple Address System
Mobile Only (MM), 18 GHz Low Power (MM), 31 GHz (MM), 38 GHz (MM).

Transmit Antenna
Items 5 and 6 Enter the name of the manufacturer and model number of the transmit antenna.
Item 7 Enter the height above ground to the center of the final radiating element. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest
tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the height to the
center of the reflector. In all cases, the height should not exceed the overall height of the structure with appurtenances.
Item 8 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance
between the half power points of the antenna’s main lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 9 Enter the gain of the transmitting antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place.
Items 10-12 If a diversity antenna is used, complete Items 10 through 12 with the antenna height above ground level, beamwidth, and
gain for the diversity antenna. See instructions for Items 7 through 9.
Item 13 For fixed stations only, enter the elevation angle of the antenna (rounded to the nearest tenth of a degree), measured in
degrees from the horizontal up to the center line of radiation of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression angle), indicate with a
minus sign.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 11

Item 14 Indicate polarization with the following codes:
V – Vertical
H – Horizontal
R – Right-hand circular
L – Left-hand circular
S - Variable
For linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with
angles between 1 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles
between -1 and -89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction. For a periscope
antenna system, enter the expected polarization of the signal radiated off the reflector.
Item 15 Enter the azimuth, clockwise from True North (degrees, rounded to one decimal place), from the station to the receive site or to
the first passive repeater, if any, on this transmission path.
For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’. For a directional antenna without a fixed azimuth -- as with temporary, mobile, Multiple
Address Remote, or Digital Electronic Message stations -- enter 999.
Item 16 Enter the height and width of the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 17 Enter the separation distance between the transmit antenna and the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters,
rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 18 If the final receiver is located outside of the United States, enter the name of the country and attach an exhibit explaining the
circumstances.
Item 19 If this path includes a passive repeater, enter ‘Y’. Supplement 3 requests information about passive repeaters. If none, enter
‘N’.
Item 20 If the application proposes installation or reorientation of a transmitting antenna that operates with a frequency in the 59257075 MHZ band and is aimed within 2 degrees of the geostationary satellite orbit, or on a frequency in the 12700 – 13250 MHz band
and is aimed within 1.5 degrees of the geostationary satellite orbit enter ‘Y’, answer questions 20a, b and c, and submit, as an exhibit, a
justification for waiver. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Answers to Items 20a, b and c are only required if the answer to question 20 is ‘Y’, otherwise skip to question 21.
Item 20a Enter the angular separation between the main transmit beam for this path and the geostationary satellite arc to the nearest
tenth of a degree. Methods for calculating the azimuths to be avoided may be found in CCIR Report No. 393 (Green Books), New
Delhi, 1970; in ‘‘Radio-Relay Antenna Pointing for controlled Interference With Geostationary-Satellites’’ by C. W. Lundgren and A. S.
May, Bell System Technical Journal, Vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 3387–3422, December 1969; and in ‘‘Geostationary Orbit Avoidance
Computer Program’’ by Richard G. Gould, Common Carrier Bureau Report CC–7201, FCC, Washington, DC, 1972. This latter report is
available through the National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, Springfield, VA 22151, in printed form
(PB–211 500) or source card deck (PB–211 501). Include a copy of the orbital calculations in the waiver exhibit.
Item 20b If the Applicant has examined and exhausted all other alternatives to the proposed path, including the use of other sites and
other frequency bands if appropriate then enter ‘Y’. If not enter ‘N’. In either case include an explanation in the waiver exhibit.
Item 20c If the Applicant certifies that the proposed operation will not cause interference to an existing satellite system, enter ‘Y’.
Otherwise enter ‘N’.
Final Receiver
Item 21 Enter the receiver location name as entered in Supplement 1, Item 5 of this application for the station at the far end of the
transmission path. For a receive only station, enter a name that relates to its location. For example, the name of a city, town, or
geographic feature may be used.
Items 22 and 23 Enter the name of the manufacturer and model number of the receiving antenna.
Item 24 Enter the call sign of the station at the far end of the transmission path. This is the station that will receive the transmissions of
this path on the frequencies entered in Item 4 and 5 of Supplement 4. For a receive-only station or a new station, leave this item blank.
Item 25 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the receiving antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest
tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the height to the
center of its reflector.
FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 12

Item 26 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the receiving antenna. That is, enter the angular distance
between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 27 Enter the gain of the receiving antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place.
Item 28 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the diversity receiving antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the
nearest tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the
height to the center of its reflector.
Item 29 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the diversity receiving antenna. That is, enter the angular
distance between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 30 Enter the gain of the diversity receiving antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place.
Item 31 Enter the height and width of the receiving periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 32 Enter the separation distance between the receive antenna and the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters,
rounded to the nearest tenth.

Instructions for Schedule I Supplement 3 - Passive Repeaters (PR)
This Supplement must be completed only when a passive repeater is to be added, modified, or deleted. Each transmission path may
have one or more passive repeaters. Each Supplement 3 describes one passive repeater. If you have more than one passive
repeater, submit an additional Supplement 3 for each. If you are adding a new passive repeater, complete a Supplement 3 for each
passive repeater to be added. If you are modifying an existing passive repeater, in addition to Items 1 through 5, complete only the
items that have changed for each passive repeater. If you are deleting a passive repeater, only Items 1 through 5 are required.
Passive repeaters that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless
a specific action is requested in this Supplement.
Transmit Location
This section identifies the transmit location and path numbers on which the passive repeater is located. Transmit location information is
entered on Supplement 1 of Schedule I. Path information is entered on Supplement 2 of Schedule I.
Item 1 Enter the transmit location name as entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1.
Item 2 Enter the path number on which the passive repeater is located, as entered on Supplement 2, Item 2.
Item 3 This item indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the specified passive repeater. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for
Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
Enter only one action per copy of Supplement 3. To add one passive repeater and modify another, complete two Supplement 3 forms.
At least one Supplement 2, Path Data, must be filed if you add or modify a passive repeater. Deletion of a path (Supplement 2) will
delete the entire path, including all passive repeaters on that path.
Passive Repeater Information
Item 4 If the passive repeater has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCC-assigned passive repeater
identification number (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of Schedule I instructions).
Item 5 The passive repeater sequence number is used to identify the sequence of passive repeaters on a specific path (see Important
Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of Schedule I instructions). Passive Repeater Sequence #1 would
receive the signal from the transmitter and Passive Repeater Sequence #2 would receive the signal from Passive Repeater Sequence
#1, and so forth. For a new passive repeater, or to reassign the sequence number of an existing passive repeater, enter the new
passive repeater sequence number.
Note:

If a passive repeater sequence is reassigned, a Supplement 3 must be completed and attached for every passive
repeater on the path that is being assigned a new passive repeater sequence number.

Item 6 Enter the passive repeater location name as entered on Supplement 1, Item 5.
Items 7 and 8 Enter the name of the manufacturer and model number of the passive repeater antenna.
Item 9 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the reflector or back-to-back dishes. Enter this item in meters, rounded to
the nearest tenth.
FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 13

Items 10 and 11 For back-to-back dishes, enter the gain of the receiving (RX) and transmitting (TX) antennas, over an isotropic radiator
in dBi, rounded to one decimal place.
Item 12 Enter the height and width of the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 13 Indicate polarization with the following codes:
V - Vertical
H - Horizontal
R - Right-hand circular
L - Left-hand circular
S - Variable
For linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with
angles between 0 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles
between 0 and -89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction. For a periscope
antenna system, enter the expected polarization of the signal radiated off the reflector.
Item 14 Enter the azimuth, clockwise from True North (degrees, rounded to one decimal place), from this passive repeater to the
receive site or to the next passive repeater, if any, on this transmission path.
Instructions for Schedule I Supplement 4 - Frequency Data
If the application purpose indicated on the FCC 601 Main Form is New, file as many Supplement 4's (Frequency Data) as necessary to
describe all transmitters and frequencies associated with each transmission path represented by a Supplement 2 (Path Data).
Frequency data for each transmission path must be listed on a separate Supplement 4 (refer to the instructions on Supplement 2 for
information about entering and assigning paths and path numbers).
If the application purpose indicated on the FCC 601 Main Form is Amendment, Modification, or Renewal/Modification, complete as
many Supplement 4's (Frequency Data) as necessary to describe all frequency data being amended, added, modified, or deleted.
Transmitters and frequency data for each transmission path must be listed on a separate Supplement 4. If the proposed amendment or
modification does not affect any transmitter or frequency data, it is not necessary to complete Supplement 4. Similarly, if the proposed
amendment or modification changes transmitter or frequency data but does not affect any transmit path data, it is not necessary to
complete Supplement 2.
Note: Deletion of a path using Supplement 2 (Path Data) will delete the entire path, including all the transmitters
and frequencies on that path. Modification of a path using Supplement 2 (Path Data) will affect all transmitters and
frequencies associated with that path.
Refer to Table 2 on pages 17 & 18 of these instructions for assistance in filling out Supplement 4. Table 2 indicates the fields and their
values that are applicable for various path types.
Transmitter Location Information
This section identifies the transmit location and path for the listed transmitters and frequency data. Transmit location information is
entered on Supplement 1 of Schedule I. Path data information is entered on Supplement 2 of Schedule I.
Item 1 Enter the transmit location name as entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1.
Item 2 Enter the path number, as entered in Item 2 of the corresponding Supplement 2 (Path Data). Paths are defined in the
instructions for Supplement 2. Refer to those instructions for information about entering and assigning path numbers.
Frequency Information
This section must be completed only when frequencies or transmitters are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new
frequencies, complete all items in this section for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency (i.e., changing from
one operating frequency to a different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Items 4
and 5. If you are modifying attributes of existing frequencies, in addition to Items 3, 4, and 5 (if applicable), complete only the items that
have changed for each listed frequency. If you are deleting a frequency, only Items 3, 4, and 5 (if applicable) are required.
Frequencies that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a
specific action is requested in this section.
Item 3 This item indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the specified frequency(ies). Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for
Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 14

Items 4 and 5 Enter one frequency or one frequency band per line (e.g., 952.00625 or 1990-2110, as listed in the rules). Enter
frequencies in MHz. To request more than 4 frequencies or frequency bands on a given path, file multiple copies of Supplement 4.
To add frequencies on a path, enter the specific frequencies in Megahertz (MHz) in the box labeled ‘New’ in Item 4. If applying for a
frequency band, show the lower and upper frequencies in the box labeled ‘New’ in Items 4 and 5.
To modify a frequency or frequency band on a path, enter the existing frequency or frequency band in Items 4 and 5 labeled ‘Existing’
and enter the new frequency or frequency band in Items 4 and 5 labeled ‘New’.
Note:

For Subfrequency operation of a Multiple Address System (MAS) (as entered in Item 3 on Schedule I), enter only the
assignable center frequency of the 12.5 kHz or 25.0 kHz MAS channel requested, and explain the details of
subfrequency use on a supplemental showing. For multiple contiguous 6 MHz channels in the 18142-18580 MHz
band, enter the frequency band spanning from 3 MHz below the center frequency of the lowest assignable channel to
3 MHz above the center frequency of the highest assignable channel of each contiguous band of channels (e.g., if all
73 channels are desired, enter 18142-18580).

Note: For Broadcast Auxiliary applications, specify the requested channel by its center frequency for single channel operation or
specify the specific frequency bands for band-wide operation. (For example, an application for an STL station operating in the 68757125 MHz band should list 6887.5 MHz for the first channel, while a TV Pickup could list 6875-7125 if requesting authority for all 10
channels.)
Item 6 Enter the tolerance or frequency stability (in percent) of the transmitter under the conditions in which it will be operated.
Normally, this is the same as the type accepted/notification value.
Item 7 Enter the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decimal place, radiated off the transmitting antenna.
For a periscope antenna system, this is the anticipated EIRP radiated off its reflector. If Automatic Transmitter Power Control
transmitters are used, specify the maximum EIRP. Do not enter the coordinated or nominal transmit power.
Item 8 Enter the full emission designator of the transmitter, composed of its necessary bandwidth and emission type. (See Sections
2.201 and 2.202 for further information on emission and bandwidth designation.)
Note:

In order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 8), and its associated Baseband Digital Rate (Item 9) and Digital
Modulation Type (Item 10), complete Items 3, 4, and if necessary, 5. Provide all existing and all new emission
designators that will be in use for the frequency shown in Items 4 and 5, for which you intend to be licensed. If
necessary, also provide the associated baseband digital rate and type for each emission designator. Do not provide
emission designators that are no longer to be used. Emission designators not listed will be deleted from the listed
frequency.

Note:

For Subfrequency operation of a Multiple Address System (MAS) (as entered in Item 3 on Schedule I), enter an
assignable channel emission designator comprising the full assignable channel bandwidth and the subfrequency
emission type, and an additional emission designator for each emission actually used on subfrequencies within the
assignable channel (e.g., for a 1K20D1D emission operating on a subfrequency of an assignable 12.5 kHz MAS
channel, enter 12K5D1D and 1K20D1D), and explain the details of subfrequency use on a supplemental showing.
For multiple contiguous 6 MHz channels in the 18142-18580 MHz band, enter all emission designators to be used on
any of the 6 MHz channels in the band, regardless of specific frequency/emission block plans.

Item 9 For digital systems, enter the baseband digital rate in kbps (kilobits per second).
Item 10 For digital systems, enter the digital modulation type.
Item 11 Enter the transmitter manufacturer.
Item 12 Enter the transmitter model number.
Item 13 Automatic Transmitter Power Control (ATPC) is a feature that automatically adjusts transmitter output power based on path
fading detected at the far-end receivers. Enter ‘Y’ or ‘N’ to indicate use of ATPC.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 15

Table 1 - Type of Operation Codes/Station Classes/Transmit Location Types/Path Codes
Type of
Operation
Code

Station
Class

Transmit
Location
Type

Sub-Type
of
Operation

Description

Path Type

Path
Code

Radio
Services*

F

FXO

Fixed

N/A

Permanent Fixed Point-to-Point

N/A

PP

M

FXO

Fixed

FT

Fixed Two-way Master-Remote

Master to Remote

MR

OFS, CF, BAF,
CT
OFS

Remote to Master

RM

OFS

M

FXO

Fixed

FO

Fixed One-way Outbound Master

Master to Remote

MR

OFS

M

FXO

Fixed

FI

Fixed One-way Inbound Master

Remote to Master

RM

OFS

M

MO

Area

MM

Mobile (mobile-only)

Mobile

MM

OFS

M

FXO

Fixed

MM

Mobile Master (with other MAS types)

Mobile

MM

OFS

M

FXO

Fixed

MT

Multiple Two-way Master-Remote

Master to Remote

MR

OFS

Remote to Master

RM

OFS

M

FXO

Fixed

MO

Multiple One-way Outbound Master

Master to Remote

MR

OFS

D

FXO

Fixed

FD

Fixed Two-way Nodal-User

Nodal to User

NU

CE, PE

User to Nodal

UN

CE, PE

Nodal to User

NU

CE, PE

User to Nodal

UN

CE, PE

D

FXO

Fixed

MD

Multiple Two-way Nodal-User

T

FX5

Area

N/A

Temporary Fixed

N/A

MM

OFS, CF, CT, TP

T

MO

Area

N/A

Mobile

N/A

MM

OFS, CF, CT, TP

T

MO5

Area

N/A

Temporary Fixed/Mobile

N/A

MM

OFS, CF, CT, TP

18

FXO

Area

N/A

18 GHz Low Power

N/A

MM

OFS

31

FXO

Area

N/A

31 GHZ

N/A

MM

OFS

38

FXO

Area

N/A

38 GHz

N/A

MM

OFS, CF

*Radio Service
OFS = MW, MG, WR, WA, WM
BAF = TS, TI, TB, TT, AS, AI, AB

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 16

Table 2 - Path Codes
* = Required items
- = Optional items, based on your particular system
SUPPLEMENT AND ITEM

PATH CODE

Supplement 2 - Path Data

MR or NU

RM or UN

MM

5) Antenna Manufacturer*

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter 6.1 meters

Enter 6.1 meters

8) Beamwidth*

Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS SubType of Operation Multiple Twoway Master-Remote/Nodal-User
and Multiple One-way Outbound
Master, enter the Typical Value
Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS SubType of Operation Multiple Twoway Master-Remote/Nodal-User
and Multiple One-way Outbound
Master, enter the Typical Value
Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS SubType of Operation Multiple Twoway Master-Remote/Nodal-User
and Multiple One-way Outbound
Master, enter 6.1 meters
360 degrees

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

9) Antenna Gain*

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

10) Diversity Antenna Height

N/A

N/A

N/A

11) Diversity Beamwidth

N/A

N/A

N/A

12) Diversity Antenna Gain

N/A

N/A

N/A

13) Elevation (Tilt) Angle

N/A

N/A

N/A

14) Polarization*

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Actual Value

15) Azimuth*

Enter 360 degrees

16) Periscope Dimensions-Hgt/Width

N/A

Enter 999: except if beamwidth =
360 degrees, then azimuth = 360
degrees
N/A

Enter 999: except if beamwidth =
360 degrees, then azimuth = 360
degrees
N/A

17) Periscope Separation

N/A

N/A

N/A

18) Is final receiver located outside US?

-

-

-

19) Passive Repeater on Path?

N/A

N/A

N/A

20) Geostationary ARC?

N/A

N/A

N/A

21) Receiver Location Name

N/A

N/A

N/A

22) Receiver Antenna Manufacturer*

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

23) Receiver Antenna Model Number*

Enter the Typical Value

24) Receiver Call Sign

N/A

Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS SubType of Operation Multiple Twoway Master-Remote/Nodal-User,
enter the Typical Value
Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS SubType of Operation Multiple Twoway Master-Remote/Nodal-User,
enter the Typical Value
N/A

6) Antenna Model Number*

7) Height to Center of Antenna*

Enter the Typical Value

N/A

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 17

Table 2 - Path Codes (continued)
SUPPLEMENT AND ITEM

PATH CODE

Supplement 2 - Path Data

MR or NU

RM or UN

MM

25) Height to Center of Rx Antenna*

Enter 6.1 meters

Enter 6.1 meters

26) Rx Antenna Beamwidth*

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Actual Value: except
paths for MAS or DEMS Sub-Type
of Operation Multiple Two-way
Master-Remote/Nodal-User, enter
6.1 meters
Enter 360 degrees

27) Rx Antenna Gain*

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Typical Value

28) Diversity Rx Antenna Height

N/A

N/A

N/A

29) Diversity Rx Antenna Beamwidth

N/A

N/A

N/A

30) Diversity Rx Antenna Gain

N/A

N/A

N/A

31) RX Periscope Dimensions

N/A

N/A

N/A

32) RX Periscope Separation

N/A

N/A

N/A

Enter the Typical Value

Supplement 4 - Frequency Data

MR or NU

RM or UN

MM

6) Tolerance*

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Actual Value

Enter Highest Used Value

7) EIRP

Enter Highest Used Value

Enter Highest Used Value

Enter Highest Used Value

8) Emission Designator*

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Actual Value

Enter Highest Used Value1

11) Transmitter Manufacturer*

Enter the Actual Value: except paths
for MAS or DEMS Sub-Type of
Operation Multiple Two-way MasterRemote/Nodal-User and Multiple
One-way Outbound Master, enter
the Typical Value
Enter the Actual Value: except
Multiple Two-way Master-Remote,
enter the Typical Value
Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Typical Value

Enter the Actual Value

Enter the Actual Value

12) Transmitter Model Number*
13) Automatic Tx Power Control

1

For Emission Designators for Type of Operation MAS and Sup-Type Mobile Master, those with the widest bandwidths and most
general emission types are the highest used values; for band-wide requests, do not enter more than 4 such emission designators to
satisfy this requirement.

FCC 601 Schedule I - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 18

FCC 601
Schedule I

Technical Data Schedule for the
Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services
(Parts 101 and 74)

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Administrative Information
1)

Is this application being filed as part of a pack?

(

)Yes/No

2a) If the answer to Item 1 is ‘Yes’, enter the pack identification number (required if the pack identification number has already been assigned by the
FCC):
2b) Pack Name:
3)

6)
7)

Type of Operation (refer to instructions) Check One Only:
4) Station Class:
5) DEMS only: SMSA:
( )Permanent Fixed Point to Point
( )18 GHz Low Power
( )Multiple Address System (MAS)
( )31 GHz
( )Temporary Fixed/Mobile
( )38 GHz
( )Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS)
If this request is for a Modification, Renewal/Modification, or Amendment of a currently pending application, does it,
(
)Yes/No
along with all minor Modification or Amendment requests filed since you applied for a new authorization or since the last
major action was granted by the Commission, produce a cumulative effect that would equal or exceed the criteria for a major filing?
Has frequency coordination been completed for this application?
(
)Yes/No

Frequency Coordinator Information
Complete Items 8 through 11 if not self-coordinated
8)
Frequency
Coordination Number

9)
Name of Frequency Coordinator

10)
Telephone Number

11)
Coordination Date

Broadcast Auxiliary Only
If there is an associated
Parent Station, provide:

12a)
Facility Id of Parent Station:

12b)
Radio Service of Parent
Station:

If there is no associated parent station, Applicant certifies that it is a Broadcast Network Entity
and completes Item 13.

12c)
City and State of Parent Station Principal Community:

13) State of Primary Operation:

Control Point (Technical Point of Contact)
14)
Action
A/M

15)
Location
Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State

16)
Telephone
Number

FCC 601 Schedule I
(Edition Date) - Page 1

FCC 601

Location Data

Schedule I

Supplement 1
1) Action Requested: (

) Add

Mod

3) Location Description:

Del

2) Location Number:

4) Area of Operation Code:

5) Location Name:

6) FCC Antenna Structure Registration # or N/A (FAA Notification not Required):

7) Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):
(

NAD83
) N or S

8) Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):
(

NAD83
) E or W

9) Street Address, Name of Landing Area, or Other Location Description:

10) City:

11) State:

12) County/Borough/Parish:

13) Elevation of Site AMSL (meters)
(‘a’ in antenna structure example):

14) Overall Ht AGL Without
Appurtenances (meters)
(‘b’ in antenna structure example):

15) Overall Ht AGL With
Appurtenances (meters)
(‘c’ in antenna structure example):

16) Support Structure Type:
17) Radius (km):
18) Maximum Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):
Use for rectangle only (Northwest corner)

(

NAD83
) N or S

19) Maximum Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):
Use for rectangle only (Northwest corner)

(

20) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Canada?

(

NAD83
) E or W

) Yes No

21) Description: (only for Area of Operation Code ‘O’)

22) Would Commission grant of Authorization for this location be an action which may have a significant
(
) Yes No
environmental effect? See Section 1.1307 of 47 CFR.
If 'Yes', submit an environmental assessment as required by 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.1311.
23a) If the site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in Item 23b of the Instructions, provide the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the proper Quiet Zone
entity was notified: ____/____/____
23b) Has the Applicant obtained prior written consent from the proper Quiet Zone entity for the same technical parameters that are specified in this
application?
(
) Yes No
24) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Mexico?

(

) Yes No

FCC 601 Schedule I
(Edition Date) - Page 2

FCC 601
Schedule I

Path Data

Supplement 2

Transmit Location
1) Transmit location name:

3) Action Requested: (

)

2) Path number:
Add New Path

Modify Existing Path

Delete Existing Path

4a) For MAS or DEMS only, MAS or DEMS Sub-Type of Operation (Enter only one per path):
MAS or DEMS
(
)Fixed Two-way
(
)Multiple Two-way
Master-Remote/Nodal-User
Master-Remote/Nodal-User
MAS ONLY
(
)Fixed One-way Outbound Master
(
)Multiple One-way Outbound Master
(

)Fixed One-way Inbound Master

(

4b) Path code (Enter only one per path):
MAS
(
) Master to Remote
(
) Remote to Master
DEMS
(
)Nodal to User
(
)User to Nodal

)Mobile Master

Transmit Antenna
5) Antenna Manufacturer:

6) Antenna Model Number:

7) Height to Center of Antenna AGL (meters):

8) Beamwidth (degrees):

9) Antenna Gain (dBi):

10) Diversity Antenna Height AGL (meters):

11) Diversity Beamwidth (degrees):

12) Diversity Antenna Gain (dBi):

13) Elevation (Tilt) Angle (degrees):

14) Polarization:

15) Azimuth to RX Location or Passive
Repeater (degrees):

16) Periscope Reflector Dimensions (meters):
Height:
Width:

17) Periscope Reflector Separation (meters):

18) If the final receiver is located outside of the United States, enter the country in the space provided and attach an exhibit explaining circumstances.

19) Does this path include passive repeater?

(

)Yes No

20) Does this filing add or modify emanations in the 5925-7075 MHz band pointed within 2 degrees of the Geostationary Satellite
Arc, or in the 12700 – 13250 MHz band pointed within 1.5 degrees of the Geostationary Satellite Arc?

(

)Yes No

If ‘Yes’, answer questions 20a, b and c below and attach waiver request explaining circumstances.
20a) Angular Separation between main beam and Geostationary Satellite Arc (degrees). Include Orbital Calculations in the wavier exhibit. ______
20b) Does the Applicant certify that there is no alternative to the proposed transmission path?
Include explanation in waiver exhibit.

(

)Yes No

20c) Does the Applicant certify that the proposed operation will not cause interference to an authorized satellite system?

(

)Yes No

Final Receiver
21) Receiver Location Name:
22) Receiver antenna manufacturer:

23) Receiver antenna model number:

24) Receiver Call Sign:
25) Height to Center of RX Antenna AGL
(meters):

26) RX Antenna Beamwidth (degrees):

27) RX Antenna Gain (dBi):

28) Diversity RX Antenna Height AGL
(meters):

29) Diversity RX Antenna Beamwidth
(degrees):

30) Diversity RX Antenna Gain (dBi):

31) RX Periscope Reflector Dimensions (meters):
Height:
Width:

32) RX Periscope Reflector Separation (meters):

FCC 601 Schedule I
(Edition Date) - Page 3

FCC 601
Schedule I

Passive Repeaters (PR)

Supplement 3

Transmit Location
1) Transmit Location Name:

3) Action Requested: (

)

2) Path Number:

Add New Passive Repeater

Modify Existing Passive Repeater

Delete Existing Passive Repeater

Passive Repeater Information
4) Passive Repeater Id: (

)

5) Passive Repeater Sequence Number: (

)

6) Passive Repeater Location Name:
7) Passive Repeater Antenna Manufacturer:

8) Passive Repeater Antenna Model Number:

9) Height to Center of Passive Repeater
Antenna AGL (meters):

10) Back-to-Back RX Dish Gain (dBi):

11) Back-to-Back TX Dish Gain (dBi):

12) Reflector Dimensions (meters):
Height:
Width:

13) Transmit Polarization:

14) Azimuth to RX Location or Next Passive
Repeater:

FCC 601 Schedule I
(Edition Date) - Page 4

FCC 601
Schedule I
Frequency Data

Supplement 4

Transmitter Location Information
1) Transmit Location Name:

2) Path Number:

Frequency Information
3) Action
A/M/D

4)
Lower or Center
Frequency
(MHZ)

5)
Upper
Frequency
(MHZ)

6)
Tolerance
(%)

7)
EIRP
(dBm)

12)
Transmitter Model

13)
Automatic
Transmitter
Power Control

6)
Tolerance
(%)

7)
EIRP
(dBm)

12)
Transmitter Model

13)
Automatic
Transmitter
Power Control

6)
Tolerance
(%)

7)
EIRP
(dBm)

12)
Transmitter Model

13)
Automatic
Transmitter
Power Control

6)
Tolerance
(%)

7)
EIRP
(dBm)

12)
Transmitter Model

13)
Automatic
Transmitter
Power Control

8)
Emission
Designator

9)
Baseband
Digital Rate
(kbps)

10)
Digital
Modulation
Type

8)
Emission
Designator

9)
Baseband
Digital Rate
(kbps)

10)
Digital
Modulation
Type

8)
Emission
Designator

9)
Baseband
Digital Rate
(kbps)

10)
Digital
Modulation
Type

8)
Emission
Designator

9)
Baseband
Digital Rate
(kbps)

10)
Digital
Modulation
Type

Existing (if mod)
New

11)
Transmitter Manufacturer

3) Action
A/M/D

4)
Lower or Center
Frequency
(MHz)

5)
Upper
Frequency
(MHz)

Existing (if mod)
New

11)
Transmitter Manufacturer

3) Action
A/M/D

4)
Lower or Center
Frequency
(MHz)

5)
Upper
Frequency
(MHz)

Existing (if mod)
New

11)
Transmitter Manufacturer

3) Action
A/M/D

4)
Lower or Center
Frequency
(MHz)

5)
Upper
Frequency
(MHz)

Existing (if mod)
New

11)
Transmitter Manufacturer

FCC 601 Schedule I
(Edition Date) - Page 5

FCC 601
Schedule J

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Technical Data Schedule for the Paging, Rural,
Air-ground (General Aviation), and
Offshore Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)
Form FCC 601, Schedule J, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply for an authorization to operate a radio station in the
Paging, Rural, Air-ground (General Aviation), and Offshore Radiotelephone Services, as defined in 47 CFR, Part 22. It is also used to
amend a pending application or modify an existing license in these services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction winners that
must file site-specific technical data for international coordination or for an environmental assessment of a particular site. The FCC 601
Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
You must file technical information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each mobile transmit location or each
temporary fixed station location using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures. Mobile and
temporary fixed station locations only apply to Rural Radio (CR), Offshore (CO), and BETRS (CB) radio services. It is recommended
that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule J.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing
locations, antennas, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal
Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current
authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or
control point number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date
information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.

Schedule J
Instructions
Control Points
This section must be completed only when a control point is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new control point,
complete all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Items 1
and 2, complete only the items that have changed for the control point. If you are deleting a control point, only Items 1 and 2 are
required. Control points that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is,
unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 1 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or
‘D’ for Delete.
Item 2 If the control point has been previously licensed under this call sign to the Applicant by the FCC, enter its FCC-assigned control
point number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions).
For a new control point, assign a temporary code to represent the control point. The assigned code should begin with C to indicate it is
a control point and end with a number to uniquely identify it (e.g., C1, C2, C3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new
control point, which will appear on the Authorization.
Item 3 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control point. Refer to FCC
601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations.
Item 4 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for operation of the station or systems can be
reached.

FCC 601 Schedule J - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Antenna Information
This section must be completed only when antenna information is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna,
complete all items for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an existing antenna, in addition to Items 5, 6, and 7, complete
only the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an antenna, only Items 5, 6, and 7 are required. Antennas that
are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is
requested in this section.
Item 5 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for
Delete.
Item 6 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been
previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC-assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding
Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to
represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers.
Item 7 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC-assigned number (see
Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a
temporary code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a
number to uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2 and A3). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be
unique within each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization.
Note:

Location number (Item 6) and antenna number (Item 7) are used to associate information in the Antenna
Information Section with information in the following sections: Frequency Information, Radial Data for Antennas,
and Points of Communication for Transmitters. To do this, enter the necessary technical information into the
Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna number. Then, enter the
necessary technical information in each of the related sections for that antenna, using the same location
number/antenna number pair. Each antenna specified in the Frequency Information, Radial Data for Antennas,
and Points of Communication for Transmitters Sections must have corresponding data in the Antenna Information
Section.

Item 8 Enter the actual height above ground level to the tip of the antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 9 Enter the average radiation center height above average terrain (AAT) of the eight cardinal radials. Enter this item in meters,
rounded to the nearest tenth. See the rules for your radio service for instructions on calculating AAT.
Item 10 Enter the beamwidth of the main lobe of a directional antenna used with a fixed station. Complete this item for fixed stations
only. Enter ‘360’ for an omni-directional antenna.
Item 11 Enter the ratio (decibels) of the power required at the input of loss-free reference antenna to the power supplied to the input of
the given antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power-flux density at the same distance. This
information should be available from the specification sheet included with the antenna at the time of purchase.
Item 12 Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna main lobe measured clockwise with respect to True North in
degrees, or enter ‘360’ to indicate that the transmitting antenna is omni-directional.
Frequency Information
This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new frequency,
complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency (i.e., changing from one operating frequency to a
different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 16. If you are modifying
attributes of an existing frequency, in addition to Items 13 and 14, complete only the items that have changed for the frequency. If you
are deleting a frequency, only Items 13 through 17 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC
will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.

FCC 601 Schedule J - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Enter frequency information for each antenna specified in the Antenna Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the
location number/antenna number combination for each frequency. For example:
Location Antenna Frequency (MHz)
F1
A1 XXX.XXXX
F1
A1 YYY.YYYY
F1
A1 ZZZ.ZZZZ
F1
A2 AAA.AAAA
F1
A2 BBBBB.BBBB
F2
A1 CCCCC.CCCC
F2
A1 DDDDD.DDDD
Item 13 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Item 14 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered in Item 6 of the Antenna Information Section of this
Schedule.
Item 15 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 7 of the Antenna Information Section of this
Schedule.
Note:

Each location number (Item 14) and antenna number (Item 15) pair specified in the Frequency Information Section
must have corresponding data in the Antenna Information Section.

Item 16 To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter in the column labeled ‘New’, the specific center frequencies in Megahertz
(MHz), of the channels on which the transmitters are proposed to operate.
To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 13-15 and enter the existing center frequency in the
column labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the proposed new center frequency in the column labeled ‘New’.
Item 17 Enter the appropriate station class code from the following table.
Commission’s rules.
Air-ground Signaling
Auxiliary Test
Base
Central Office
Control
Dispatch
Fixed Relay
Fixed Subscriber
Ground
Inter-Office
Mobile Subscriber
Repeater
Standby
Temporary Fixed

Definitions for most of these items are listed in the

FBSI
FXTS
FBBS
FXCO
FXCT
FXDI
FXRX
FXSB
FBGS
FXIO
MLSB
FXRP
FBST
FX5

Item 18 This item reports the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) in any direction on the specified channel. The answer must be
stated in watts.
Item 19 Enter the actual transmitter output power in watts.
Item 20 Complete this item only if the filing requests authority to use an emission type that is not already authorized in the FCC rules for
use by all stations in the pertinent radio service.

FCC 601 Schedule J - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Radial Data for Antennas
This section must be completed only when radial data for antennas is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new radial
data, complete all items for each radial data block to be added. If you are modifying existing radial data, complete all items for the
radial data block to be modified. If you are deleting radial data, only Items 21 through 24 are required. Radial data that is currently
licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this
section.
Item 21 Indicate the action the filer wants the FCC on the radial data of the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’
for Delete.
Items 22-24 Enter the location number, antenna number, and channel center frequency, as specified in the Antenna Information and
Frequency Information Sections.
Note:

Each location number, antenna number, and channel center frequency specified in the Radial Data for Antennas
Section must have corresponding data in the Antenna Information and Frequency Information Sections.

Item 25 Enter the height of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain elevation (RCHAAT) along each of the eight
cardinal radials. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth.
Item 26 Enter the effective radiated power (ERP) for each of the eight cardinal radials. See the Commission’s Rules for your radio
service for instructions on calculating RCHAAT.
Points of Communication for Transmitters
These items describe fixed points of communication for: (1) stations in the Rural Radiotelephone Services serving individually licensed
subscribers; (2) point to point transmitters; and (3) point-to-multipoint transmitters operating on channels that are assigned only to
stations that communicate with four or more points. These items should not be completed by filers for any other purpose. In the Rural
Radiotelephone Services (radio service code CR) only those stations operating under station class code FXCT (fixed control station)
may complete this section.
This section must be completed only when points of communication are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new points
of communication, complete all items for each point of communication to be added. If you are modifying existing points of
communication, complete all items for the point of communication to be modified. If you are deleting points of communication, only
Items 27 through 30 are required. Points of communication that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to
be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section.
Item 27 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified point of communication. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for
Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete.
Item 28 Enter the corresponding transmit location number, as entered in Item 14 of this schedule.
Item 29 Enter the corresponding transmitting antenna number, as entered in Item 15 of this schedule.
Item 30 Enter the corresponding transmitting channel center frequency, as entered in Item 16 of this schedule.
Item 31 Enter the name of the city or town of the point of communication.
Item 32 Enter the state of the point of communication. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state,
jurisdiction, and area abbreviations.
Item 33 Enter in Megahertz (MHz), the center frequencies of the point of communication.
Items 34 and 35 Enter the geographic coordinates of the location, referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This
information can be determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, a 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you
may consult the city or county/borough/parish surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological
Survey, Washington, DC 20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225.

FCC 601 Schedule J - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

Note: Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum of
1983 (NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island should be
referenced to the applicable local datums. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older
datum (i.e., NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are available through the internet at
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html.
Enter the latitude using the format DD-MM-SS, where the degrees (DD) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes (MM)
can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be expressed to the nearest tenth of a
second (in which case, use the format DD-MM-SS.S). In the lower right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S for
South.
Enter the longitude using the format DDD-MM-SS, where the degrees (DDD) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes
(MM) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be expressed to the nearest tenth
of a second (in which case, use the format DDD-MM-SS.S). In the lower right corner, specify the direction as either E for East or W for
West.
Item 36 Enter the subscriber call sign of the point of communication.

FCC 601 Schedule J - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

Technical Data Schedule for the
Paging, Rural, Air-ground (General Aviation), and
Offshore Radiotelephone Services (Part 22)

FCC 601
Schedule J

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Control Points
1)
Action
A/M/D

2)
Control Point
Number

3)
Location
Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State

4)
Telephone
Number

Antenna Information
5)
Action
A/M/D

6)
Location
Number

7)
Antenna
Number

8)
Height to Tip AGL
(meters)

9)
Height of Center of
Radiation AAT
(meters)

10)
Beamwidth of Main
Lobe
(degrees)

11)
Gain
(dB)

12)
Azimuth
(degrees)

19)
Transmitter Output
Power (watts)

20)
Nonstandard
Emission
Designator

Frequency Information
13)
Action
A/M/D

14)
Location
Number

15)
Antenna
Number

16)
Channel Center Frequency (MHZ)
Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

Existing (if mod)

New

17)
Station
Class

18)
Maximum
Transmitting
ERP (watts)

FCC 601 - Schedule J
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Radial Data for Antennas
21)
Action
A/M/D

21)
Action
A/M/D

21)
Action
A/M/D

21)
Action
A/M/D

21)
Action
A/M/D

22)
Location
Number

22)
Location
Number

22)
Location
Number

22)
Location
Number

22)
Location
Number

23)
Antenna
Number

23)
Antenna
Number

23)
Antenna
Number

23)
Antenna
Number

23)
Antenna
Number

24)
Frequency

(MHZ)

24)
Frequency

(MHZ)

24)
Frequency

(MHZ)

24)
Frequency

(MHZ)

24)
Frequency

(MHZ)

0

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

0

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

0

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

0

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

0

o

45

o

90

o

135

o

180

o

225

o

270

o

315

o

25)
RCHAAT
(meters)
26)
ERP
(watts)

25)
RCHAAT
(meters)
26)
ERP
(watts)

25)
RCHAAT
(meters)
26)
ERP
(watts)

25)
RCHAAT
(meters)
26)
ERP
(watts)

25)
RCHAAT
(meters)
26)
ERP
(watts)

FCC 601 - Schedule J
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Points of Communication for Transmitters
27)
Action
A/M/D

28)
Location
Number

29)
Antenna
Number

30)
Frequency

31)
City or Town

32)
State

33)
Channel Center
Frequency
(MHZ)

34)
North Latitude
(DD-MM-SS-D)

35)
West Longitude
(DDD-MM-SS-D)

36)
Subscriber
Call Sign

FCC 601 - Schedule J
(Edition Date) - Page 3

FCC 601
Schedule K

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798

Information and Instructions

See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Schedule for Required Notifications
for Wireless Services
Form FCC 601, Schedule K, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. Complete
this schedule to notify the FCC that, within the required time period:
o

Either buildout/coverage or construction requirements have been satisfied;

o

Compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended implementation
plans has been met;

o

To request a regular authorization for paging facilities currently operating under developmental authority.

Item 1 – Purpose
Enter the one-letter abbreviation that indicates the purpose for which the application is being filed (1, 2, 3, 4, T, S, D, G, or H).
Note:

Only one Notification purpose code may be selected per FCC 601 Main Form/Schedule K filing.

Note:

Cellular Radiotelephone Services (CL) should use the Construction Requirements portion of this schedule.

Satisfaction of Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market-based services and State License Radio Service (SL) only)
Purpose Codes 1, 2, 3, 4 or T - Choose from these purpose codes if this notification is for satisfaction of buildout/coverage
requirements. Typically, buildout/coverage requirements apply when a specific portion of a geographic area and a specific portion of
the population contained within that geographic area must be provided service by a specific date. Not all radio services use all
buildout/coverage requirements. Refer to the Commission’s rules for more information on buildout/coverage requirements and how
they may apply to your service.
Enter one of the following Notification Purpose Codes in Item 1:
Enter ‘1' if 1st buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied.
Enter ‘2' if 2nd buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied.
Enter ‘3' if 3rd buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied.
Enter ‘4' if 4th buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied.
Enter ‘T’ if the tribal lands buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied. A ‘T’ in this field indicates that the requirement
has been met for all tribal lands in the market for which bidding credit was awarded.
Note: In instances where both the first and the second buildout/coverage requirements have been satisfied at the
time when the first notification requirement is due, use the highest level purpose of submission code to file the
Required Notification. For example: If the first coverage deadline is March 1, 2001 and the second is March 1, 2006
and you met your 2006 coverage requirements by March 1, 2001, use the purpose of submission code ‘2’ and submit
the require documentation. You do not need a separate application for each coverage deadline.
Satisfaction of Construction Requirements (Site-licensed services only)
Purpose Code ‘S’- Choose this purpose code if this notification is for satisfaction of construction requirements. Typically, construction
requirements apply when specific authorized components of a license must be constructed and service commenced by a specific date.
Refer to the Commission’s rules for more information on construction requirements and how they may apply to your service.
Request for Regular Authorization for Facilities Previously Operating under Developmental Authority
Purpose Code ‘D’- Choose this purpose code if this is a notification to request regular authorization for paging facilities previously
operating under developmental authority.
Note: This is for Paging Services only.
FCC 601 Schedule K - Instructions
Edition Date - Page 1

Extended Implementation (Slow Growth)
Purpose Codes ‘G’ or ‘H’ – Choose from one of these purpose codes if this is a notification of compliance with station construction
commitments for Land Mobile Licensees with approved extended implementation plans. Refer to 47 CFR §§ 90.629 and 90.155 for
more information on Extended Implementation.
Enter purpose code ‘G’ in Item 1 for yearly notification compliance.
Enter purpose code ‘H’ in Item 1 for final notification compliance.
Note:

This is for Land Mobile Radio Services only.

Item 2 - Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION AND PATH NUMBERS: To identify existing locations or paths, you
must use the location and path numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to
the location and path numbers on your current authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If
you are unsure of the location or path number that corresponds to a particular location or path, you can query the ULS for the most upto-date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.
For notification of buildout/coverage requirements (purpose codes 1, 2, 3, 4 or T), only complete Item 2a.
For notification of construction requirements (purpose code ‘S’), complete Items 2a through 2g, as required. Only
complete those items necessary to describe what has been constructed. For example, to notify of construction of a
location under a call sign, only complete Items 2a and 2b.
For notification of a request for regular paging authorization for facilities previously operating under developmental
authority (purpose code ‘D’), only complete those items necessary to describe what has been constructed. For example,
to notify of construction of a site under a call sign, only complete Items 2a and 2b.
For notification of compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended
implementation plans (purpose code ‘G’), only complete Item 2a.
For notification of compliance for final station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended
implementation plans (purpose code ‘H’), complete Item 2, as applicable.
Item 2a In this item, list the call signs. Call signs are located on FCC Authorizations.
Item 2b In this item list the location numbers where construction requirements have been satisfied. Location numbers are
listed on FCC Authorizations and are used in the following radio services: Aviation Ground, Maritime Coast, Cellular, Land
Mobile, and Paging Services.
Item 2c In this item list the path numbers where construction requirements have been satisfied. Path numbers are
located on FCC Authorizations and are only used in the Microwave Radio Services.
Items 2d and 2e In this item list the frequencies, in Megahertz (MHz), where construction requirements have been
satisfied. Enter the center (assigned) frequency, or the lower frequency of a frequency band, in Item 2d. If applicable,
enter the upper frequency of a frequency band in Item 2e. Authorized frequencies are located on FCC Authorizations.
Item 2f In this item enter the actual date of construction for site based licenses only (mm/dd/yyyy).
Item 2g In this item list number of operational mobiles. This item only applies to Land Mobile Radio Services operating in
the 470 - 512 MHz band and non-SMR conventional systems operating above 800 MHz only.
Item 3 - Certification
By signing the FCC 601 Main Form, the Applicant certifies that the statement listed in this section is true, complete and
correct, and made in good faith.

FCC 601 Schedule K - Instructions
Edition Date - Page 2

Schedule for
Required Notifications for
Wireless Services

FCC 601
Schedule K

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
For public burden estimate

1) Purpose
The purpose of this submission: Enter one purpose only - 1, 2, 3, 4, T, S, D, G or H

(

)

See below and refer to instructions.

Satisfaction of Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market-based services and State License Radio Service (SL) only)
1

1st buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a)

2

2nd buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a)

3

3rd buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a)

4

4th buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a)

T

Tribal lands buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a)

Satisfaction of Construction Requirements (Site-licensed services only)
Construction requirements for the referenced parameters have been met. (List, as applicable, call signs, locations or paths, frequencies, actual
date of construction and mobile units in Item 2.)

S

Request for Regular Authorization for Facilities Operating under Developmental Authority (Paging services only)
D

Notification to request regular authorization for facilities previously operating under developmental authority. (List, as applicable, call signs,
locations, frequencies and actual date of construction in Item 2.)

Extended Implementation (Slow Growth) (Land Mobile Services only)
G

Notification of compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended implementation plans. (List call
signs in Item 2a.)

H

Final notification that construction requirements have been met for the referenced system with approved extended implementation plan. (List,
as applicable, call signs, locations, frequencies, actual date of construction and mobile units in Item 2.)

2)

Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies
2a)
Call Sign

3)

2b)
Location
Number

2c)
Path Number
(Microwave
only)

2d)
Center (Assigned)
or Lower
Frequency (MHz)

2e)
Upper
Frequency (MHz)

2f)
Actual Date of
Construction
(mm/dd/yyyy)

2g)
Number of
Operational
Mobiles
(see
instructions)

Certification

By signing the Main Form, the Applicant certifies, as set forth in 47 C.F.R. §1.946(c) of the Commission’s Rules, that it has commenced
service or operations by the expiration of its construction period, or met its coverage or substantial service obligations by the expiration of its
coverage period.
FCC 601 Schedule K
Edition Date – Page 1

FCC 601
Schedule L

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions

Information and Instructions

for public burden estimate

Schedule for Waiver Request for Extension of Time
for Wireless Services
Form FCC 601, Schedule L, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. Complete this schedule to request a waiver of FCC rules for additional time to
satisfy buildout/coverage or construction requirements. The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule.
Note:

Requests for a waiver fee must accompany waiver of FCC rules for additional time to construct and place a station in
operation (if applicable).

Item 1 - Purpose
Enter the one-letter abbreviation that indicates the purpose for which the application is being filed (1, 2, 3, 4, T or S).
Note:

Only one Extension of Time Request purpose code may be selected per FCC 601 Main Form/Schedule L filing.

Note:

Cellular Radiotelephone Services (CL) should use the Construction Requirements portion of this schedule.

Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market-based services and State License Radio Service (SL) only)
Purpose code 1, 2, 3, 4 or T- Choose one of these codes if this is a request for an extension of time to complete buildout/coverage
requirements. Typically, buildout/coverage requirements apply when a specific portion of a geographic area and a specific portion of
the population contained within that geographic area must be provided service by a specific date. Not all radio services use all
buildout/coverage requirements. Refer to the Commission’s rules for more information on buildout/coverage requirements and how
they may apply to your service.
Enter one of the following Extension Request Purpose Codes in Item 1:
Enter ‘1' if an extension is being requested for 1st buildout/coverage requirements.
Enter ‘2' if an extension is being requested for 2nd buildout/coverage requirements.
Enter ‘3' if an extension is being requested for 3rd buildout/coverage requirements.
Enter ‘4' if an extension is being requested for 4th buildout/coverage requirements.
Enter ‘T’ if an extension is being requested for the tribal lands buildout/coverage requirements. A ‘T’ in this field indicates that
the extension request is for all tribal lands in the market for which a bidding credit was awarded.
Construction Requirements (Site-licensed services only)
Note:

Do not use FCC 601 Schedule L to request an extended implementation period for Private Land Mobile Radio
Services. To modify a license for an extended implementation period file FCC 601 Main Form with the purpose of
MD - Modification and, enter ‘Y’ for Item 8 of FCC 601 Schedule H, and attach supporting documentation.

Purpose code ‘S’- Choose this purpose code if this is a request for an extension of time to complete construction requirements.
Typically, construction requirements apply when specific authorized components of a license must be constructed and service
commenced by a specific date. Refer to the Commission’s rules for more information on construction requirements and how they may
apply to your service.
Enter ‘S’ in Item 1 to request an extension to meet construction requirements for a site-licensed service. An extension of time may be
requested for the entire license or specific portions of the license.

FCC 601 Schedule L - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Item 2 - Buildout/Coverage/Construction Requirements
Enter the new buildout/coverage/construction expiration date you are requesting in Item 2. You must also attach an exhibit describing
the circumstances and justification for the waiver request.

Item 3 - Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION AND PATH NUMBERS: To identify existing locations or paths, you must use
the location or path numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location
or path numbers on your current authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure
of the location or path number that corresponds to a particular location or path, you can query the ULS for the most up-to-date
information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to
http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824) for
assistance.
To request an extension of time to meet buildout/coverage requirements (purpose codes 1,2,3,4 or T), complete only Item 3a.
To request an extension of time to meet construction requirements (purpose code S), complete Items 3a through 3e, as required. Only
complete those items necessary to describe the extension of time requested. For example, to request an extension of time to construct
a location under a call sign, only complete Items 3a and 3b.
Item 3a In this item list the call signs where an extension of time to meet buildout/coverage or construction requirements has been
requested. Call signs are located on FCC Authorizations.
Item 3b In this item list the location numbers where an extension of time to meet construction requirements has been requested.
Location numbers are listed on FCC Authorizations and are used in the following radio services: Aviation Ground, Maritime Coast,
Cellular, Land Mobile, and Paging Services.
Item 3c In this item list the path numbers where an extension of time to meet construction requirements has been requested. Path
numbers are located on FCC Authorizations and are only used in the Microwave Radio Services.
Items 3d and 3e In this item list the frequencies, in Megahertz (MHz), where an extension of time to meet construction requirements
has been requested. Enter the center (assigned) frequency, or the lower frequency of a frequency band, in Item 3d. If applicable, enter
the upper frequency of a frequency band in Item 3e. Authorized frequencies are located on FCC Authorizations.

FCC 601 Schedule L - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

Schedule for Waiver Request for Extension of Time
for Wireless Services

FCC 601
Schedule L

Approved by OMB
3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

1) Purpose
The purpose of this submission: Enter one purpose only - 1, 2, 3, 4, T, or S

(

)

See below and refer to instructions.

Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market-based services and State License Radio Service (SL) only)
1

Extension of Time to meet 1st buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a)

2

Extension of Time to meet 2nd buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a)

3

Extension of Time to meet 3rd buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a)

4

Extension of Time to meet 4th buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a)

T

Extension of Time to meet tribal lands buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a)

Construction Requirements (Site-licensed services only)
S

Extension of Time to meet construction requirements (List, as applicable, call signs, locations or paths, and frequencies in Item 3.)

2) New Buildout/Coverage/Construction Expiration Date
Enter date (mm/dd/yy) requested:

Attach exhibit describing circumstances/justification.

3) Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies
3a)
Call Sign

3b)
Location Number

3c)
Path Number
(Microwave only)

3d)
Center (Assigned) or Lower
Frequency (MHz)

3e)
Upper Frequency (MHz)

FCC 601 - Schedule L
(Edition Date) - Page 1

FCC 601
Schedule M

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
Information and Instructions

Approved by OMB
3060 – 0798
See 601 Main Form Instructions
for public burden estimate

Schedule for Registration
(Parts 90 & 101)
Form FCC 601, Schedule M, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau
Radio Service Authorization, FCC 601 Main Form. Schedule M is not used with initial license applications. Complete this schedule to
register a link in radio service MM - Millimeter Wave 70/80/90 GHz Service (70/80/90 GHz), transmitter location for radio service IQ –
Dedicated Short Range Communications Service/Intelligent Transportation Service (ITS), or register a location in the radio service NN –
3650 – 3700 MHz Service. You must have a license (call sign) prior to filing a registration for a location/link.
Each Schedule M or groups of Schedule M must be filed with the FCC 601 Main Form. The main form must designate the purpose as
‘RL’ when this schedule is included. For 70/80/90 GHz, Schedule M (link registrations) must be filed electronically.
Item 1 It indicates the action the Licensee wants the FCC to take on the specified registered location/link. Enter ‘A’ to Add, ‘M’ to Modify,
or ‘D’ to delete.
Item 2 If response to Item 1 is ‘M’ (modify), or ‘D’ (delete), enter the previously registered location/link number. If response to Item 1 is
‘A’ (add), the FCC will assign an official number to the new location/link, which will appear on the registration.
For 70/80/90 GHz, enter the link registration number provided by the third party database manager, or leave blank and the FCC will
assign.
Item 3 This item is required for fixed locations if the action requested in Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’ and if antenna structure registration is required
(see notes below), enter the seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number (shown on the structure’s registration, FCC 854R).
Otherwise, enter N/A to indicate that FAA notification is not required.
Note: Effective 7/1/96 the Commission requires owners to register certain structures. When required, antenna
structures must be registered using FCC 854. The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure
information does not replace the requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more
information, see our web site at http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna/, call (877) 480-3201 (TTY 717-338-2824), or
visit http://esupport.fcc.gov.
Note: If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Antenna Structure Registration is not required because the structure is
shielded by existing structures or because it is fixed by its functional purpose, submit supporting
documentation as an attachment to your application.
Item 4 This item is optional. Enter a site name that describes the location (up to 20 characters maximum).
Items 5 and 6 Enter the geographic coordinates of the transmit location referenced to NAD83.
Enter the latitude using the format DD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DD) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes (MM)
can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S
for South.
Enter the longitude using the format DDD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DDD) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes
(MM) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either E for East or
W for West.
All coordinates must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways,
including a GPS receiver, a 7.5-minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish
or equivalent entity surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC
20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225.
Note: Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum
of 1983 (NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island
should be referenced to the applicable local datum. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still
utilizes an older datum (i.e., NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are available
through the internet at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html.
FCC 601 Schedule M - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Item 7 This item must be completed with the City in which the Transmitter is located.
Item 8 (Not required for ITS) This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity in which the Transmitter
is located unless any of the following pertain to the Transmit Station location:
a) the city entered in Item 7 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD)
b) the State code entered in Item 9 is GM, Gulf of Mexico
Item 9 This item must be completed with the State code in which the Transmitter is located. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions,
Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction and area codes.
Item 10 Enter the elevation above mean sea level (AMSL) of the ground at the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to
the nearest tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 2 of these instructions. This information can be
determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city
or county/borough/parish or equivalent entity surveyor in your area.
Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC 20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado
80225.
Item 11 Enter the height above ground level to the highest point of the supporting structure only. Enter this item in meters, rounded
to the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna structure consists of a building/tower combination, include any elevator shaft, flag
pole, or penthouse in the overall support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna structure is a tower
only, include the height of the tower but not the antenna. Refer to letter ‘b’ in the antenna structure figure examples below.
Item 12 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to the highest point, including any appurtenances.
Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, etc. Refer to letter ‘c’
in the antenna structure figure examples below.
Antenna Structure Figure Examples:

Item 13 Enter the code for the type of structure on which the antenna is or will be mounted from the following valid structure types:
Code
B
BANT
BMAST
BPIPE
BPOLE
BRIDG
BTWR
MAST
NNTANN*
NTOWER**
PIPE
POLE
RIG
SIGN
SILO
STACK
TANK
TOWER
TREE
UPOLE

Definition
Building with a side mounted antenna
Building with Antenna on Top
Building with Mast/Antenna on Top
Building with Pipe/Antenna on Top
Building with Pole/Antenna on Top
Bridge
Building with Tower/Antenna on Top
Self-Support Structure
Antenna Tower Array
Multiple Structures
Any Type of Pipe
Any Type of Pole, used only to mount an antenna
Oil or Other Type of Rig
Any Type of Sign or Billboard
Any Type of Silo
Smoke Stack
Any Type of Tank (Water, Gas, etc.)
A Free Standing or Guyed Structure Used for Communications Purposes
When Used as a Support for an Antenna
Utility Pole/Tower Used to Provide Service (Electric, Telephone, etc.)
FCC 601 Schedule M - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 2

* Valid Tower Arrays. Code definition: The first NN indicates the number of towers in an array. The second NN
is optional and indicates the position of that tower in the array (e.g., 3TA2 would identify the second tower in a
three-tower array).
** Valid Multiple Structures. Code Definition: The N indicates the number of structures where multiple antenna
structures are present in a multiple structure (Ex.: 2TOWER, 3TANK, 6BANT, 7BMAST).
Item 14 and 15 Not required for ITS. Enter the geographic coordinates of the receiver location referenced to NAD83.
Enter the latitude using the format DD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DD) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes (MM)
can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S
for South.
Enter the longitude using the format DDD-MM-SS.S, where the degrees (DDD) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes
(MM) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds (SS) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either E for East or
W for West.
All coordinates must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways,
including a GPS receiver, a 7.5-minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish
or equivalent entity surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC
20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225.
Note: Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum
of 1983 (NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island
should be referenced to the applicable local datum. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still
utilizes an older datum (i.e., NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are available
through the internet at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html.
Item 16 Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitting antenna.
Item 17 Enter the model number of the transmitting antenna.
Item 18 Enter the gain of the transmitting antenna in decibels referenced to an isotropic radiator (dBi).
Item 19 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance
between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’.
Item 20 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the transmitting antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest
tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish.
Item 21 Enter the azimuth of the transmit antenna in degrees (rounded to one decimal place) clockwise from True North.
omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’.

For

Item 22 Enter the elevation angle of the transmitting antenna (rounded to the nearest degree), measured from the horizontal up to the
center line of the main beam of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression angle), indicate with a minus sign.
Item 23 Not required for ITS. Indicate polarization with the following codes:
V – Vertical
H – Horizontal
R – Right-hand circular
L – Left-hand circular
S - Variable
For linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with
angles between 1 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles
between -1 and -89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction.
Item 24 Not required for ITS. Enter the name of the manufacturer of the receiving antenna.
Item 25 Not required for ITS. Enter the model number of the receiving antenna.
FCC 601 Schedule M - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 3

Item 26 Not required for ITS. Enter the gain of the receiving antenna in decibels referenced to an isotropic radiator (dBi).
Item 27 Not required for ITS. Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the receiving antenna. That is, enter the
angular distance between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter
‘360’.
Item 28 Not required for ITS. Enter the height above ground level to the center of the receiving antenna. Enter this item in meters,
rounded to the nearest tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish.
Item 29 Not required for ITS. Enter the azimuth of the receive antenna in degrees (rounded to one decimal place), clockwise from True
North.
Item 30 Not required for ITS. Enter the elevation angle of the receiving antenna (rounded to the nearest degree), measured from the
horizontal up to the center line of the main beam of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression angle), indicate with a minus sign.
Item 31 Not required for ITS. Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitter.
Item 32 Not required for ITS. Enter the model number/FCC ID number of the transmitter.
Item 33 ITS operations only. Enter the class (A, B, C or D) of the equipment used. The equipment class is based on the communication
zone (A-15m, B-100m, C-400m, D-1000m) of the roadside unit.
Item 34 Not required for ITS. Enter the transmitter stability (percentage).
Item 35 Enter the appropriate station class code. For 70/80/90 GHz, the only valid station class is FXO. For ITS, the only valid station
class is FB.
Item 36 Not required for ITS. Enter the center frequency in MHz.
Item 37 For ITS operations only. Check all service channel numbers that the Roadside Unit will be using. The service channel numbers
are 170 (reserved), 172, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, and 184. Checking 'All' will select channels 174, 175, 176, 180, 181 and 182. If
more than one channel is selected, the EIRP, Item 40, must be identical for all channels. (Note: Control Channel 178 will be given to all
users; Channel 172 is designated for public safety applications; and Channel 184 is restricted to government entities.)
Item 38 Not required for ITS. Enter the minimum transmitter output power in dBm if automatic transmitter power control is employed.
Item 39 Enter the maximum transmitter output power in dBm.
Item 40 Enter the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decimal place, radiated off the transmitting antenna.
For 70/80/90 GHz, if Automatic Transmitter Power Control is employed, specify the maximum EIRP.
Item 41 Not required for ITS. Enter the transmitter emission designator, composed of its necessary bandwidth and emission type. (See
Sections 2.201 and 2.202 for further information on emission and bandwidth designation.
Item 42 Not required for ITS. Enter the appropriate Modulation Scheme (e.g. AM, FM, OFDM, QAM, etc.).
Item 43 Not required for ITS. Enter the name of the manufacturer of the receiver.
Item 44 Not required for ITS. Enter the model number of the receiver.
Item 45 Not required for ITS. Enter the receiver stability (percentage).
Item 46 Not required for ITS. Enter the receiver noise figure (dB).
Item 47 For 70/80/90 GHz, refer to Rule 1.928(f). For ITS operations and 3650 – 3700 MHz Service operations that require coordination
with Canada, answer ‘Y’ only if operation is north of Line A (or east of Line C) and the station is operating with a power (ERP) greater
than 5 watts. Refer to Rule 1.928(e) for a definition of Line A (or Line C).
Item 48 This item is required for compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 43214335. See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR 1.1301 - 1.1319). This item must be answered, either 'Y' or 'N'.
Enter 'Y' if an FCC grant of this application will have a significant environmental effect. Section 1.1307 of the FCC rules lists categories
of environmental effects for which Applicants must file an environment assessment. Other wise enter 'N'. Examples of facilities that may
have a significant effect on the environment include:
FCC 601 Schedule M - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 4

An antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity aviation
obstruction lighting
A facility located in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain
A facility that affects a site significant in American history
A facility whose construction involves extensive changes in surface features
Facilities, operations, or transmitters (not otherwise excluded) that would cause noncompliance with the limits specified in § 1.1310
Item 49a Applicants filing for a new or modified fixed station located in one of the Quiet Zone areas listed below must notify the proper
authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 49a. Those applications who are proposing to modify other technical
parameters (including, but not limited to frequency, power, antenna height, etc.) of their system operations where the station is currently
authorized to operate within the quiet zone area, must also notify the proper authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in
Item 49a. See Part 1, Subpart F of the FCC Rules (47 CFR 1.924)
Item 49b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical parameters specified in the
application, enter “Y” and include a copy of the consent as a Quiet Zone Consent attachment. If prior written consent has not been
obtained, enter “N”.
Quiet Zone areas:
1. National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, Pocohontas County, West Virginia. The quiet zone is located within
Virginia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees
29’ 59.0” on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, and W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” on the west. Contact the Director,
National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P. O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV 24944.
2.

Arecibo Observatory, Puerto Rico. The quiet zone consists of the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques,
and Culebra islands. Contact the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office Box 53995,
Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, or electronically at [email protected].

Item 50 For ITS operations. Enter ‘Y’ if the registration location requires coordination with NTIA otherwise enter ‘N’. See rule 90.371(b)
to determine if NTIA coordination is required.
For 70/80/90 GHz. Enter ‘Y’ if the link requires coordination with NTIA due to a “yellow light” response from NTIA’s automated system,
otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Item 51 For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service operations. Enter ‘Y’ if you certify that you have negotiated an agreement with the grandfathered
satellite earth station Licensee to operate within 150 km of the grandfathered satellite earth station. Otherwise, enter ‘N’.
Item 52a For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service operations. Enter ‘Y’ If you employ a transmission method or protocol that allows multiple users
to share the same spectrum in accordance with 47 C.F.R Sections 90.7 and 90.1305. Otherwise enter N.
Item 52b For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service operations. Enter or specify what transmission method or protocol you will employ.

FCC 601 Schedule M - Instructions
(Edition Date) - Page 5

Schedule for Registration
(Parts 90 & 101)

FCC 601
Schedule M

1) Action: (

) Add, Modify or Delete

5) Transmitter Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):

NAD83
) N or S

(

10) Elevation of Site AMSL (meters)
(‘a’ in antenna structure example):

3060 - 0798
See 601 Main Form
for public burden estimate

2) Location/Link Registration Number: _________________

Site Data
3) FCC Antenna Structure Registration # or N/A (FAA Notification
not Required):

7) City:

Approved by OMB

4) Site Name:
6) Transmitter Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):
(

8) County/Borough/Parish:

11) Overall Ht AGL Without
Appurtenances (meters) (‘b’ in
antenna structure example):

NAD83
) E or W

9) State:

12) Overall Ht AGL With Appurtenances
(meters) (‘c’ in antenna structure
example):

13) Support Structure Type:
14) Receiver Latitude (DD-MM-SS.S):
(

Antenna Data
16) Transmitter Antenna Manufacturer:
18) Transmitter Antenna Gain (dBi):
21) Transmitter Antenna Azimuth (Degrees):

NAD83
) N or S

15) Receiver Longitude (DDD-MM-SS.S):
(

NAD83
) E or W

17) Transmitter Antenna Model Number:
19) Transmitter Antenna Beamwidth
(Degrees):

20) Transmitter Antenna Center Line
(meters-AGL):

22) Transmitter Antenna Elevation Angle (Degrees):

23) Polarization:
24) Receiver Antenna Manufacturer:

25) Receiver Antenna Model Number:

26) Receiver Antenna Gain (dBi):

27) Receiver Antenna Beamwidth (Degrees):

28) Receiver Antenna Center Line
(meters-AGL):

29) Receiver Antenna Azimuth
(Degrees):

30) Receiver Antenna Elevation Angle
(Degrees):

FCC 601 Schedule M
(Edition Date) - Page 1

Equipment Data
31) Transmitter Manufacturer:

32) Transmitter Model Number/FCC ID Number:

33) Equipment Class:
A
B
C
35) Transmitter Station Class:

34) Transmitter Stability (%):
D
36) Transmitter Center Frequency (MHz):

38) Minimum Transmitter Output Power (if
Automatic Transmitter Power Control is
employed) (dBm):

37) Channel Number (Channel 170 is reserved for
future use):
(Reserved) 170
( ) 172
( ) 174
( ) 175 ( ) 176
( ) 180
( ) 181
( ) 182 ( ) 184
( ) All
39) Maximum Transmitter Output Power
40) EIRP (dBm):
(dBm):

41) Transmitter Emission Designator:
42) Modulation Scheme:
43) Receiver Manufacturer:

44) Receiver Model Number:

45) Receiver Stability (%):

46) Receiver Noise Figure (dB):

47) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Canada or Mexico?

(

) Yes No

48) Would a Commission grant of Authorization for this location be an action which may have a significant
environmental effect? See Section 1.1307 of 47 CFR. If ‘Yes’, submit an environmental assessment as
required by 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.1311.

(

) Yes No

49a) If the site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in Item 49b of the Instructions, provide the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the proper
Quiet Zone entity was notified: _____/_____/_____
49b) Has the Applicant obtained prior written consent from the proper Quiet Zone entity for the same technical parameters that are
specified in this application?
(
) Yes No
50) Does the registration location/link require coordination with NTIA?

(

) Yes No

For 70/80/90 GHz. Enter ‘Y’ if the link requires coordination with NTIA due to a yellow light from NTIA’s automated system,
otherwise, enter ‘N’.
51) If your base or fixed station is located within 150 km of a grandfathered satellite earth station, do you
certify that you have negotiated an agreement with the grandfathered satellite earth station Licensee
to operate the station that you are registering within that protected zone?

(

) Yes No

52a) Do you employ a transmission method or protocol that allows multiple users to share the same spectrum
in accordance with 47 C.F.R Sections 90.7 and 90.105?

(

) Yes No

52b) Enter or specify what transmission method or protocol you will employ. _________________________________________

FCC 601 Schedule M
(Edition Date) - Page 2